Mamelodi Yearbook 2004 Final - University of Pretoria

231
General Rules for Qualifications UNIVERSITY OF PRETORIA GENERAL RULES FOR QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED AT THE MAMELODI CAMPUS

Transcript of Mamelodi Yearbook 2004 Final - University of Pretoria

General Rules for Qualifications

UNIVERSITY OF PRETORIA

GENERAL RULES FOR QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED AT THE MAMELODI CAMPUS

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

GENERAL RULES FOR QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED AT THE MAMELODI CAMPUS The following rules will be given effect within the existing delegations of the University of Pretoria and within existing practices in faculties of the University of Pretoria. The University therefore reserves the right to change any of the rules at any time without prior notice. G1 Legal force of rules (1) The rules and syllabi that appear in this Calendar are based on the Act, Statutes and

Regulations to which the University is subject, and on resolutions of Senate and Council taken by virtue of the above. Any deviation from the rules that the University may allow, is subject to the approval of Senate or Council, as the case may be.

(2) Except where otherwise laid down, the general rules, where applicable, hold good for the individual faculties as well.

(3) In the absence of anything to the contrary, references to subjects are also applicable mutatis mutandis (with the necessary logical adaptations) to other study units such as modules.

(4) Where special requirements are prescribed in the rules of one faculty for the study of a subject, these requirements also apply, unless the contrary is evident, where the subject or course is studied in another faculty.

(5) The official language for correspondence and tuition of the University is as follows: (a) Administrative Medium:

For all administrative purposes within the University, the language to be used is English. This includes the minuting of official meetings.

(b) Medium of instruction: Except for the teaching of language specific subjects, the medium of instruction is English.

(c) Student submissions: Except for language specific subjects, students will answer examination papers, tests and assignments in English.

G2 Degrees, diplomas and certificates (1) The University may confer the degrees and award the diplomas and certificates laid

down in the Statute and mentioned in the rules of the individual faculties. (2) A person shall not be entitled to the privileges attached to a degree until such a degree

has been conferred on him/her at a congregation of the University constituted for that purpose.

(3) Subject to the provisions of G2(4) below Senate may accept as part of the requirements for the conferring of a degree, or the awarding of a diploma or certificate, periods of attendance as a registered student at any tertiary institution.

(4) A degree shall not be conferred on, and a diploma or certificate awarded to, a candidate unless (a) the periods of attendance are together not less than the complete period prescribed

for conferring such degree or for awarding such diploma, and (b) the candidate attended at the University, for a period of at least half the total period

prescribed for the qualification, rounded up to the nearest whole number; provided that the minimum attendance for a Doctoral degree shall be two academic years. This implies that the minimum period of attendance at the University shall be: (i) one academic year for a one-year or two-year qualification; (ii) two academic years for a three-year or four-year qualification; etc.

General Rules for Qualifications

3

G3 Registration

(1) Any person who wishes to be considered for admission as a student of the University

shall,

(a) subject to faculty requirements, at first registration, complete the application form, submit the original documents required, and after being granted permission to register, do so by completing and signing the official registration form; and

(b) if allowed by Senate, thereafter register annually by completing and signing the official registration form. The fees payable and the manner in which fees shall be paid have been laid down by Council.

(2) By signing the official registration form, a student is bound to the rules of the University. A student will be notified in writing by the University as soon as his/her registration is approved.

(3) The registration form will include the complete curriculum which the student intends to follow during the particular year of registration concerned, and no one shall be admitted to a study programme unless his/her curriculum has been approved by the University. An approved curriculum may subsequently be amended provided that such an amendment conforms to the rules in force at the time of amendment.

(4) A student who was registered at another university shall not be registered as a student of the University unless he/she has submitted a certificate of satisfactory conduct.

(5) The University may stipulate dates after which a person shall not be registered as a student at all.

(6) A student's registration may be cancelled at any time if his/her academic progress, in the opinion of Council and Senate, is unsatisfactory.

(7) A student who wishes to complete his/her degree at the University by registering for subjects at another university recognized by Senate for this purpose may, with the permission of the Dean on recommendation of the Head of Department, do so subject to the requirements of Rule G13(1)(d). Credit will then be granted for this subject for completion of the degree at the University. For that specific year the student shall also register as a student of the University notwithstanding the requirements of rule G4(2) and shall pay a fee as laid down by Council.

G4 Limitations on registration

(1) Except with the permission of Senate, no person shall be registered for more than one

degree, diploma or certificate concurrently. (2) Except with the permission of Senate, no student of the University shall be registered

concurrently as a student of another university. (3) A student who is registered at another university in the Republic and wishes to be

registered concurrently at the University shall furnish details of his/her current registration at the other university with his/her application, which must be accompanied by written permission for such concurrent registration issued by the Registrar of the other university.

(4) Except with the permission of Senate, a student who has been excluded from one faculty or subject of study on account of his/her failure to satisfy the minimum requirements prescribed for that faculty or subject of study shall not be admitted to any other faculty or subject of study at the University.

(5) A student in full-time employment is strongly advised to limit the number of subjects taken per year.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

G5 Conferment of status If a student wishes to register for further studies for which the possession of a degree is a prerequisite, but he/she did not obtain such a degree at the University, Senate may admit him/her to such further studies by virtue of a degree obtained at another university or by virtue of other studies. G6 Attendance and work (1) No person shall attend lectures before he/she has been registered as a student of the

University. (2) A student registered for a degree or diploma or certificate shall attend such classes,

perform such work and pass such examinations as may be prescribed for that degree or diploma or certificate.

(3) A student shall attend, to the satisfaction of the head of the Department concerned, the lectures, seminars, practical classes and evaluation sessions in a subject.

G7 Examinations (1) Any examination of the University shall be conducted under the supervision of Senate

and in accordance with rules formulated by Senate. (2) (a) Senate shall be the final authority in deciding the result of an examination of the

University. (b) Deans shall be the final authority in approving the completion of curricula of

qualifications. (3) Subject to any provisions to the contrary in terms of the Statute and Regulations of the

University, a candidate for a degree, diploma or certificate must pass an examination of the University in each subject taken by him/her for that degree, diploma or certificate.

(4) Examinations shall be written during the periods indicated on the Academic Calendar, unless Senate decides otherwise.

(5) Examiners will be appointed by Senate in terms of the Statutes of the University. (6) Senate approves the places, dates and times of examinations. (7) At the discretion of Senate an examination shall be written or oral, or both written and

oral, and may include practical work. (8) In exceptional cases a student may be admitted by the Dean, on recommendation of the

Head of the Department concerned, to a special examination immediately after the examination. If the student, without a valid reason, fails to report for his/her special examination he/she forfeits the opportunity of being re-examined (also see G11).

G8 Re-marking of scripts A student may have his/her examination script re-marked in respect of any examination in any particular subject, provided that: (1) Re-marking of examination scripts shall not be allowed in subjects where external

examiners have been appointed; (2) The student applies for the re-marking within ten working days after the announcement

of the results, by completing an application form in triplicate at the office of Student Administration of the relevant faculty. (The original of this form accompanies the script to be re-marked, one copy is for the office of Student Administration’s records and the other copy is handed to the student);

General Rules for Qualifications

5

(3) An amount as published in the ‘Fee Brochure’ is payable when a student applies for re-marking. No application shall be considered without this payment. The receipt number and amount paid must be filled in on the application form;

(4) The Head of Department concerned will appoint a member of staff other than the examiner who originally marked the examination script to act as examiner for the re-marking of that script;

(5) Where, as a result of re-marking, a student qualifies for a promotional examination in terms of Rule G11(3) such student will be admitted to a special examination as arranged by the Head of Department, if the promotional examination has already been written;

(6) The fees paid for the re-marking of an examination script will be refunded to the student if the re-marking results in an upward change of status (fail/pass or distinction);

(7) The result of the re-marking shall supersede the result of the original marking and no application for a further re-marking shall be considered;

(8) All examination scripts are the property of the University and remain the property of the University at all times;

(9) The outcome of the re-marking of an examination script will be made available as soon as possible.

GENERAL RULES FOR BACHELOR'S DEGREES

G9 Admission

A person shall be considered for registration for a Bachelor's degree on the basis of the following: (a) possession of the matriculation certificate of the Matriculation Board, or a certificate of

exemption issued by the Matriculation Board (or the Joint Matriculation Board); or (b) possession of a senior certificate with matriculation endorsement; or (c) possession of a valid certificate of conditional exemption issued by the Matriculation

Board; or (d) possession of a National Diploma of at least three (3) years duration; or (e) possession of a Senior or school-leaving certificate with matriculation conditional

exemption; (f) Successful completion of an approved Foundation course; (g) For applicants aged 23 years or older:

possession of a Senior Certificate or equivalent, with a minimum of ‘E’ symbol in four (4) subjects, at least one of which must be at higher grade (at least three of the four subjects must have been passed at the same examination sitting);

(h) In the case of certificates issued by examining bodies outside the Republic of South Africa: possession of the general certificate of education or higher school certificate with credits in; either five (5) subjects including English language, at least two(2) of which shall

be at the ‘advanced’ level; or (If the applicant aged 23 years or older)

four (4) subjects including English language at least three of which must have been passed at the same examination sitting;

(i) the attainment of the age of 45 years before or during the first year of study; (j) any other qualification and/or requirements approved by Senate.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

NB: Applicants who only satisfy requirements (d) to (j) above must apply for matriculation exemption (or conditional matriculation exemption) from the Matriculation Board on admission.

G10 Minimum progress and admission to the examination (1) A continuous assessment mark for each module, composed of the marks obtained from

tests and other means of evaluation for the specific module, is calculated according to departmental policy and faculty guidelines, where applicable.

(2) No minimum continuous assessment mark is required for admission to the examination. (3) The final mark for each module is computed from continuous assessment mark and/or

the examination mark in a ratio determined in the faculty rules, and approved by Senate.

(4) In order to pass a module a student must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and the necessary subminimum, where applicable.

(5) In order to pass a module with distinction a student shall obtain a final mark of at least 75%, unless otherwise stipulated in Faculty Rules.

G11 Promotional examinations (1) Promotional examinations for modules shall be written during the periods indicated on

the Academic Calendar for ‘examinations’. (2) Unless otherwise stipulated in the faculty rules, a student who has written an

examination in a module and failed to obtain the pass mark in the module shall be admitted to a promotional examination in the module during the immediately following examination period.

(3) A student who has been prevented by illness on the day of an examination (promotional examinations excluded) or immediately before it, from writing or completing an examination in one or more papers shall be admitted to a promotional examination in such papers during the immediately following examination period; provided he/she:

(i) notifies the Campus Registrar concerned within 24 hours of the commencement of the examination; and

(ii) produces, within seven days of such a notification, a medical certificate stating the nature and duration of the illness and declaring that, for health reasons, it was impossible or undesirable to write the examination on the specified dates.

(4) A student who, for a reason other than illness, is absent from the normal examination in a module shall be admitted to a promotional examination in the module during the immediately following examination period.

(5) No further examination will be granted to a student who, for any reason whatsoever, could not write a promotional examination to which he/she has already been admitted.

(6) A student who has written an examination and a promotional examination in a module is credited with the higher of the two marks.

(7) Any student who fails to obtain the required pass mark in a module during a promotional examination must re-register for the module, and shall be liable for the payment of the full amount of the study fee for the module.

G12 Completion of curriculum (1) Except where otherwise stipulated in the Faculty Rules, the modules for a qualification

shall normally be taken in ascending order of the NQF levels. (2) Except where otherwise stipulated in the Faculty Rules, a student shall retain credit for

ten years for every subject or module he/she has passed at the University.

General Rules for Qualifications

7

(3) Continuation of studies; (a) A student who fails to obtain, or to maintain, a total success rate of at least 40% will

forfeit the opportunity of further registration: Provided that the Dean may admit such student on recommendation of the Admissions Committee.

(b) The success rate is the relation between the total credits of all modules in which a student was successful and the total credits of all modules registered for.

(c) The success rate covers all the years of registration at Vista University after completion of a school qualification or a university diploma or a university certificate or a degree. (See the Faculty Rules for module credits).

(d) If a student's registration is cancelled partially or in total by the respective dates as indicated in the academic calendar, the cancelled study units will not be taken into consideration for purposes of re-admission.

(4) The rules for a degree may stipulate that further provisions and requirements must be complied with.

G13 Credit for subjects passed elsewhere (1) Except where otherwise stipulated in the faculty rules, a student who has studied at

another university may, by virtue of subjects passed at that university, be granted credit or conditional credit for such subjects for a degree or diploma at the University. Conditional credit implies that the student is granted entrance to the sequel to the particular subject for one year, and if successful in this subject, credit is given for both subjects. If the student is unsuccessful the conditional credit is forfeited. Credit or conditional credit is granted in these cases on condition that: (a) credit or conditional credit shall only be granted in the case of first-year and

second-year level subjects; (b) credit shall be granted in the case of a third-year level subject as a major subject

only on condition that the subject is not included in any completed qualification and is offered by the University;

(c) credit shall only be granted for two subjects or equivalence in modules not corresponding to subjects offered by the University in the particular curriculum, unless otherwise specified in the Faculty Rules. In such cases applications should be referred to the Dean concerned for approval before the credit is granted;

(d) credit or conditional credit shall not be granted in respect of more than half the minimum number of subjects prescribed for the particular curriculum;

(e) at least half the minimum number of subjects prescribed for the proposed degree or diploma shall be subjects not included in a completed degree or diploma;

(f) the student qualified for admission to his/her proposed degree or diploma before he/she passed the subjects on the grounds of which credit or conditional credit is considered.

(2) A student who has studied at an institution other than a university and recognized by

Senate for this purpose may, by virtue of subjects passed at that institution, be granted conditional credit for such subjects for a degree or diploma at the University. Conditional credit implies that the student is granted entrance to the sequel to the particular subject for one year, and if successful in this subject, credit is given for both subjects. If the student is unsuccessful the conditional credit is forfeited. Conditional credit is granted in these cases on condition that: (a) conditional credit shall only be granted in the case of first-year level subjects; (b) the student qualified for admission to his proposed degree or diploma before

he/she passed the subjects on the grounds of which conditional credit is considered.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

(3) To distinguish between full and conditional credits granted by the University for subjects passed at other universities, technikons and colleges of education the following conditions are considered: (a) Subjects passed at another university at first-year level not more than ten years ago

may be granted as a full credit if the subject is offered at this University. (b) Subjects passed at another university at first-year level more than ten years ago

may be granted as a conditional credit if the subject is offered at this University and on condition that the sequel subject on second-year level is registered for.

(c) Subjects passed at another university at second-year level may be granted as conditional credit if the subject is offered at this University and on condition that the sequel subject at third-year level is registered for. In each case the approval of the Head of Department concerned is also needed to confirm that the syllabus is still comparable.

(d) Post-secondary/further-education subjects passed at: (i) colleges at first-year, second-year and third-year levels may be granted credit

at first year level only; (ii) technikons may be granted credit if approved by the Dean or Head of

Department in consultation with the Dean provided that credit is not given for a final-year subject and that half the number of subjects required for a degree be passed at the University;

On registration, technikon candidates have to provide such documentation as requested by the Dean or Head of Department on curricula completed for consideration by Deans and/or Heads of Department.

(e) Non-related subjects passed at another university at first-year level may be granted full credit if the subject is approved by Senate. Each case must be submitted individually to Senate.

(4) With the approval of the Head of Department concerned, a student who has studied at another university may, by virtue of a study unit passed at that university, be granted credit for the applicable module(s) at this University.

G14 Credit for subjects passed at Vista University (1) In the absence of any provision to the contrary, the provisions of G13(1) and G13(2)

shall apply mutatis mutandis (with the necessary logical adaptations) where a student has completed a degree or other qualification at the University.

(2) A student who has passed subjects for an uncompleted degree or diploma at the University, may be granted credit for all the relevant subjects for another degree or diploma at the University on condition that: (a) he/she qualified for admission to his/her proposed degree or diploma before he/she

passed the subjects on the grounds of which credit is considered. (b) he/she forfeits credit for such subjects for the qualification for which they were

originally passed. (3) If recommended by the Head of Department and approved by the Dean, credit for

subjects passed for a certificate at the University may be granted for a degree or a diploma.

G15 Subjects taken for non-degree purposes A subject taken for non-degree purposes shall not later be acknowledged for degree purposes, unless the student could have chosen that subject for degree purposes as part of his/her curriculum when taking it and has satisfied the other requirements for the degree.

General Rules for Qualifications

9

GENERAL RULES FOR DIPLOMAS G16 Rules and admission In the absence of anything to the contrary, the general rules for Bachelor's degrees are applicable mutatis mutandis (with the necessary logical adaptations) to diplomas awarded by the University. The requirements for admission to diplomas and other relevant matters shall be as stipulated in the Faculty Rules. GENERAL RULES FOR HONOURS DEGREES (Excluding BEDHON ) (For BedDHON, see Calendar of the Faculty of Education) G17 Admission (1) To be admitted to the studies of the degree a student shall, subject to special provisions

in the Faculty Rules and with due regard to rule G5, have obtained a Bachelor's degree and submit proof thereof and shall have received a pass mark of at least 60 % for the qualifying subject in which he/she intends to continue his/her studies at Honours level.

(2) Learners who have received a pass mark of between 51% and 59% in the qualifying subject and who meet the other requirements in G17(1) may be admitted to honours studies upon a satisfactory exemption assessment as determined by the Head of department.

(3) Notwithstanding Rules G17(1) and (2) above, the Dean may grant a concession for a learner to be admitted to honours studies in exceptional circumstances, on the recommendation of the Head of department.

G18 Duration of study (1) The minimum period of study is one year. (2) The maximum period of study is three years. Extension may be granted by Senate only

in exceptional cases on submission of a motivated application and a recommendation of the Head of the Department concerned.

G19 Curriculum The curriculum shall be as prescribed in the faculty rules. G20 Registration for and submission of research essay (1) Registration for a module that requires a research essay must take place in the year in

which the degree is to be completed. (2) The research essay shall be submitted for examining in the first year of registration if

the degree is done over one year and in the second year of registration if the degree is done over a period longer than one year, on a date stipulated in the Faculty Rules. If it is not submitted the student shall register anew for this paper the following year.

(3) The title page of the research essay shall bear the following inscription: (a) (Full title of the essay) ............................................................................................. (b) by

(Full name of candidate) (c) submitted in accordance with the requirements for the degree of .........................

in the Department of ............................................................................................... at the University of Pretoria. The candidate followed the Vista University curriculum.

(d) Date submitted ........................................................................................................

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

10

The title page may be written in a language other than English if the research essay is to be submitted in a language other than English.

G21 Completion of curriculum (1) Subject to special provisions in the faculty rules the curriculum may be completed

(a) in one part over a period of one academic year, or (b) in two parts over a period of two academic years.

(2) A student shall retain credit for each module in which he/she obtains a pass mark. (3) A student who obtained a continuous assessment mark of 50% or more in a module but

failed the module may, with the approval of the Head of the Department concerned, retain the continuous assessment mark for the two years that follow the year in which the continuous assessment mark was obtained. A student who wishes to make use of this concession must register for this module, pay the prescribed fee and apply for the concession during registration. This implies that such a student will be exempted from attending classes and writing tests, but will have to write the examination in the module concerned.

(4) In order to be admitted to an examination in a module, a student shall obtain a conti-nuous assessment mark of at least 45% and shall have paid all the prescribed fees.

(5) In order to pass a module, a student shall obtain an examination mark of at least 40% and a final mark, composed as prescribed in the Faculty Rules, of at least 50%.

(6) In order to pass a paper with distinction, a student must obtain a final mark of 75%. (7) In order to obtain an Honours degree cum laude, a student must obtain a combined

average of 75% in the final marks of the required modules. G22 Exemption from papers passed elsewhere (1) A student who has studied at another university, but who has not completed an Honours

degree may, by virtue of papers passed at that university, apply for exemption from corresponding modules at the University of Pretoria, provided that he/she shall not be exempted: (a) from more than two modules if the degree at this University requires four or five

modules; (b) from more than three modules if the degree at this University requires six or more

modules. (2) A student shall not be exempted from any module passed for a completed Honours

degree. (3) A student who has studied at another university may, by virtue of honours papers

passed at that university, apply to the Head of Department concerned for exemption from one paper not corresponding to a module offered by the University.

GENERAL RULES FOR MASTER'S DEGREES G23 Degree options Selected departments offer - a research Master's degree involving research and a dissertation;

or - a coursework Master's degree comprising course work and a research project of limited

scope; or

- both a research Master's degree and a course-work Master's degree

General Rules for Qualifications

11

G24 Admission (1) Research Master's degree and coursework Master's degree

To be admitted to the studies of the degree a student shall, subject to special provisions in the faculty rules and with due regard to rule G5, have obtained the Honours Bachelor's degree or equivalent qualification in the subject he/she wishes to study, submit proof thereof and have satisfied Senate as to his/her proficiency in the subject.

(2) Research Master's degree Before a student's application for registration can be finalized, the title or topic of his/her proposed dissertation must be submitted for approval by Senate.

(3) Coursework Master's degree To be admitted to the studies of the course-work master's degree a candidate shall have complied with the requirements as set out in the faculty rules.

G25 Registration for the Master's degree (1) Research Master's degree

(a) Initial registration Any person who wishes to be registered for a research Master's degree shall, at

first registration, apply for registration by drafting a research proposal and completing the prescribed application form and submit both documents to the Head of Department concerned before the closing date stipulated in the University Calendar.

If the application is recommended by the Dean of the Faculty concerned the applicant shall register by signing the registration form for Master's degrees and submit it together with the initial payment to the Chief Academic Administrator at Central Campus by the date stipulated in the University Calendar.

(b) Research proposal A prospective Master's degree student who wishes to be assisted in the drafting of

the research proposal must register for the non-degree subject Master's Degree Research Proposal before applying for registration for the research Master's degree.

(c) Registration in successive years For the duration of his/her studies a student shall register each year by the

stipulated date. In each successive year registration shall be subject to the recommendation of the supervisor and the Head of Department concerned by the date stipulated in the University Calendar. Such registration may be refused in any subsequent year of study on grounds of unsatisfactory progress. A student who, for acceptable reasons, cannot continue with his/her studies in a particular year may, on written application submitted during the registration period, be permitted by the Dean, on recommendation of the Head of Department to suspend his/her registration for one year only.

(2) Course-work Master's degree (a) Initial registration

Any person who wishes to be registered for a course-work Master's degree shall, at first registration, apply for registration by completing the prescribed application form and submit it to the Head of Department concerned by the date stipulated in the University Calendar. If the application is recommended by the Head of Department concerned the applicant shall register by signing the registration form for Master's degrees and submit it together with the initial payment to the Chief Academic Administrator by the date stipulated in the University Calendar.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

12

(b) Registration in successive years For the duration of his/her studies a student shall register each year on or before the stipulated date. Requirements for registration in successive years for the course-work Master's degree are as stipulated in the faculty rules.

(3) Under no circumstances will late applications or late registrations for the research Master's degree or the course-work Master's degree be considered in respect of either initial registration or registration in successive years.

G26 Duration of study (1) Research Master's degree

(a) Unless otherwise stated in the faculty rules, and subject to Rule G2(4)(b), the degree may be conferred on a candidate who had been registered at this University for at least two academic years for the degree concerned.

(b) The maximum period of study is three years. Extensions may be granted by Senate only in exceptional cases on submission of a motivated application by the student and a recommendation of the supervisor and Head of the Department concerned.

(2) Course-work Master's degree (a) Unless otherwise stated in the Faculty Rules, and subject to Rule G2(4)(b), the

degree may be conferred on a candidate who has been registered at this University for at least two academic years for the degree concerned.

(b) The duration of the academic year shall be determined by the department concerned and shall be approved by Senate, but shall not affect the dates for notification and submission of the research project (see Rule G31(1)).

(c) The maximum period of study is three years. Extension may be granted by Senate, only in exceptional cases, on submission of a motivated application by the student and a recommendation by the Head of the Department.

G27 Curriculum (1) Research Master's degree

The research Master's degree shall comprise a dissertation on an approved topic. (2) Coursework Master's degree

The curriculum for the course-work Master's degree shall comprise at least three modules of subject work and a research project on an approved topic that may be completed concurrently with the course-work papers, but shall be completed not later than one year after completion of the required modules.

(3) Research Methodology A student may be required to complete an additional module in Research Methodology prior to or concurrently with the dissertation or research project.

G28 Supervisor In respect of a dissertation and a research project, Senate shall appoint a supervisor who will normally be a tutor of the subject at the University; provided that Senate may appoint as supervisor another member of the University or a person not attached to the University, in which case Senate shall appoint a joint supervisor. G29 Examination (1) Research Master's degree

(a) A candidate for the research Master's degree shall not submit his/her dissertation for examination unless his/her supervisor, and where applicable his/her joint supervisor, has stated in writing that he/she has satisfactorily executed work approved by Senate.

General Rules for Qualifications

13

(b) Senate shall appoint an examination panel, which shall be constituted as follows: · A non-examining chairman · The supervisor · At least one internal examiner · At least one external examiner

(c) The Dean shall act as non-examining chairman of the examination panel; provided that he/she may appoint a member of the University staff to act on his/her behalf.

(d) The non-examining chairman of the examination panel may, if necessary, call the candidate in to be examined by the examination panel on aspects of his/her topic before recommending the result.

(e) No person may take the examination more than twice without special permission from Senate.

(2) Coursework Master's degree (a) Coursework papers

(i) Examinations shall be conducted as prescribed in the Faculty Rules. (ii) The candidate shall be examined in each module. (iii) In order to be admitted to the examination a student shall obtain an

admission mark of at least 50% in each module and shall have paid all the prescribed fees.

(iv) In order to pass a module a student shall obtain an examination mark of at least 50% and a final mark, composed as prescribed in the faculty rules, of at least 50%.

(b) Research project (i) A candidate for the course-work Master's degree shall not submit

his/her research project for examination unless his/her supervisor has stated in writing that he/she has satisfactorily executed work approved by Senate.

(ii) Senate shall appoint an examination panel, which shall be constituted as follows: · A non-examining chairman · The supervisor · Two examiners, of whom at least one shall be an external

examiner. (iii) The final mark for the research project will be the average of the

marks awarded by the individual examiners. (iv) The non-examining chairman of the examination panel may, if

necessary, call the candidate in for examining on aspects of his/her topic before recommending the result.

(v) In the event of a gross discrepancy in the marks allocated by the different examiners, the procedures laid down for Master's and Doctoral degrees will apply.

(vi) The weight assigned to the research project shall be as stipulated in the faculty rules.

(vii) A candidate has to obtain a mark of at least 50% in order to pass the research project.

(viii)No person may take the examination more than twice without the special permission of Senate.

G30 Dissertation and research project (1) Unless otherwise stated in the Faculty Rules the title of a dissertation or research

project is approved for a period of three years, after which the student shall apply to Senate for an extension of time.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

14

(2) No dissertation or research project that has previously been submitted for a degree at another university shall be accepted, but material taken by the candidate from his/her existing publications may be incorporated in the dissertation or research project and must be clearly indicated. If called upon, the candidate shall submit together with his/her dissertation or research project, a copy of every dissertation previously submitted by him/her for another degree, whether it was accepted or not.

(3) Except with the special permission of Senate no dissertation or research project shall be submitted unless it is accompanied by a written declaration from the supervisor and joint supervisor (if appointed) in which permission is granted for the examination of the dissertation or research project. Such a declaration shall not necessarily imply that the dissertation or research project is considered acceptable.

(4) Requirements concerning the research project are as follows: (i) The research project shall be written on a topic selected in consultation with and

approved by the Head of the Department concerned. Registration of the research project shall be approved by Senate.

(ii) The length of the research project shall be as stipulated in the faculty rules. (5) The dissertation or research project shall show proof of the candidate's ability to work

independently, and that the candidate is capable of planning and executing a scientific investigation. The language shall communicate clearly and the technical workmanship shall be satisfactory.

(6) The title page of a dissertation or research project shall bear the following inscription: (a) (Full title of the dissertation or research project) .....................................................

.................................................................................................................................. (b) by

(Full name of candidate) (c) submitted in accordance with the requirements for the degree of ..........................

in the Department of.................................................................................... at the University of Pretoria. The candidate followed the Vista University curriculum.

(d) Supervisor ................................................................................................................ Joint supervisor .......................................................................................... (if applicable)

(e) Date submitted ........................................................................................................ (f) Place ........................................................................................................................

This page may be written in a language other than English if the dissertation or research project is to be submitted in a language other than English.

(7) When submitted for examination, the dissertation or research project shall be accompanied by a signed declaration in the following form: I declare that: (title of dissertation or research project) ......................................................................................................................................... is my own work, that all the sources used or quoted have been indicated and acknowledged by means of complete references, and that this dissertation or research project was not previously submitted by me for a degree at another university.

(8) A summary in English of not more than 150 words, approved by the supervisor, shall form an integral part of the dissertation or research project and must be included in front of each copy of the dissertation or research project. The summary shall be in the following form: (a) (Full approved title of the dissertation/research project)

................................................................................................................................. (b) by ..............................................................................................................................

(Full name of candidate)

General Rules for Qualifications

15

(c) Degree...................................................................................................................... (d) Department............................................................................................................... (e) Supervisor ................................................................................................................

Joint supervisor ....................................................................................................... (if applicable)

(f) Summary ................................................................................................................. (9) At the end of the English summary a number of key terms (approximately ten)

describing the topic of the dissertation or research project must be included. (10) A dissertation or research project shall be produced on good quality paper of A4 format

which does not permit undue show-through, using at least one and a half spacing and leaving a left margin of at least 20 millimetres; provided that the A5 format may be used when ordinary printing or lithography is used. A printing quality of at least Laser Printer standard is required

(11) The preliminary pages shall be in the following order: Title page Acknowledgements Declaration Summary Table of contents

G31 Submission of dissertation/research project (1) (a) A candidate who wishes to receive his/her degree at the graduation ceremony of

the academic year concerned, shall notify his/her supervisor in writing before 15 August of the same year that he/she intends to submit his/her dissertation or research project for examination. The dissertation or research project shall be submitted by 16 October of that year.

(b) A candidate who notifies his/her supervisor in writing after 16 August of an academic year that he/she intends to submit his/her dissertation or research project for examination, or who did notify his/her supervisor before 15 August but is not able to submit the dissertation or research project before16 October of the same year, may submit his/her dissertation or research project without further notification before 31 January of the next year. If the result of the examination is successful and the candidate has satisfied all other requirements for completion of the degree, a certified statement to the effect that the degree is completed will be issued after the result of the examination is published. The degree in this case will be conferred at the graduation ceremony of the following calendar year.

(c) A candidate who is not able to submit his/her dissertation or research project before 31 January must register before 31 March and will be liable for payment of the full amount of the study fees for that year.

(d) If a dissertation or research project is referred back for amendments these amendments must be carried out to the satisfaction of the supervisor and non-examining chairman or Head of Department, and proof thereof must be submitted to the Vice-Chancellor, and the corrected dissertation or research project must be re-submitted for examination before 15 May.

(e) A candidate who is not able to re-submit the corrected dissertation or research project before 15 May must register for that academic year before 15 May and will be liable for payment of the full amount of study fees for that year.

(2) For examination purposes a candidate shall submit a prescribed number of bound copies of the dissertation or research project in accordance with the number of examiners appointed. These copies can be bound in soft covers with a glued spine.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

16

(3) After approval of the dissertation or research project and before conferment of the degree, the candidate shall submit a further three copies, duly amended if so instructed by the examination panel. One of these copies shall be an unbound copy.

The unbound copy must, in the opinion of the University, be suitable for microfilming. The two bound copies shall be bound in hard covers with a glued spine. The title of the dissertation or research project and the name of the candidate shall appear on the cover as well as on the spine.

G32 Pass and pass cum laude (1) (a) In order to pass the research Master's degree, a student shall obtain at least

50% for the dissertation. (b) In order to pass the course-work Master's degree, a student shall obtain at least

50% in each paper and in the research project. (2) In order to obtain the research Master's degree and the course-work Master's degree

cum laude a student shall respectively obtain at least 75% for the dissertation or an average of at least 75% for all the papers and the research project combined.

G33 Publication of dissertation and research project The copyright subsisting in a dissertation or research project submitted to the University in fulfilment or part fulfilment of a Master's degree shall vest in the University. Consequently, no dissertation or research project or part thereof, or summary thereof, may be printed or published without the permission of the University and is subject to any provisions laid down by the University. If the dissertation or research project, or part thereof, or a summary thereof, is published, it shall be in the name of the author and shall acknowledge the University. GENERAL RULES FOR DOCTORAL DEGREES G34 Admission (1) To be admitted to studies for the degree a student shall, subject to special provisions in

the faculty rules and with due regard to rule G5, have obtained the Master's degree in the faculty in which he/she wishes to study, except if otherwise approved by Senate, submit proof thereof and have satisfied Senate as to his/her proficiency in the proposed field of study.

(2) Before a student's application for registration can be finalized, the title or topic of his/her proposed thesis must be submitted for approval by Senate.

G35 Duration of study (1) The degree may be conferred on a candidate if he/she was registered for at least two

academic years for the degree concerned at the University. (2) The maximum period of study is four years. Extension may be granted by Senate only in

exceptional cases on submission of a motivated application and a recommendation of the Head of the Department concerned.

G36 Curriculum The curriculum comprises a thesis.

General Rules for Qualifications

17

G37 Pass and pass cum laude (1) In order to pass a thesis, a pass result should be allocated by the examination panel. (2) The Doctoral degree is not conferred cum laude. G38 Registration (1) Initial Registration

Any person who wishes to be registered for a Doctoral degree shall, at first registration, apply for registration by drafting a research proposal, completing the prescribed application form and submit both documents to the Head of Department concerned before the closing date stipulated in the University Calendar. If the application is recommended by the Dean of the Faculty concerned the applicant shall register by signing the registration form for Doctoral degrees and submit it together with the minimum initial payment to the Chief Academic Administrator at Central Campus by the date stipulated in the University Calendar.

(2) Research proposal A prospective Doctoral degree student who wishes to be assisted in the drafting of the research proposal must register for the non-degree subject Doctoral Degree Research Proposal before applying for registration for the Doctoral degree.

(3) Registration in successive years In each successive year registration shall be subject to the recommendation of the promoter and the Head of the Department concerned by the date stipulated in the University Calendar. Such registration may be refused in any subsequent year of study on grounds of unsatisfactory progress. A student who, for acceptable reasons, cannot continue with his/her studies in a particular year may, on written application submitted during the registration period, be permitted by the Dean on recommendation of the Head of Department, to suspend his/her registration.

(4) Under no circumstances will late applications or late registrations be considered in respect of either initial registration or registration in successive years.

G39 Supervisor Senate shall appoint a supervisor who will normally be a tutor of the subject at the University; provided that Senate may appoint as supervisor another member of the University or a person not attached to the University, in which case Senate shall appoint a joint supervisor. G40 Examination (1) Senate shall appoint an examination panel, which shall be constituted as follows:

· A non-examining chairman · The supervisor · At least one internal examiner · At least two external examiners

(2) The Dean shall act as non-examining chairman of the examination panel; provided that he/she may appoint a member of the University staff to act on his/her behalf.

(3) The non-examining chairman of the examination panel may, if he/she deems it necessary, call the candidate in for examining on aspects of his/her topic before recommending the result.

G41 Thesis (1) The title of a thesis is approved for a period of four years, after which the student shall

apply to Senate for an extension of time.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

18

(2) A thesis shall show proof of original work and that the candidate is capable of planning and executing a scientific investigation, and it must be a decided contribution to the knowledge of and insight into the subject.

(3) No thesis that has previously been submitted for a degree at another university shall be accepted, but material taken by the candidate from the candidate's existing publications may be incorporated in the thesis and must be clearly indicated. If called upon, the candidate shall submit, together with his/her thesis, a copy of every thesis previously submitted by him/her for another degree, whether it was accepted or not.

(4) Except with the special permission of Senate no thesis shall be submitted unless it is accompanied by a written declaration from the supervisor and joint supervisor (if appointed) in which permission is granted for the examination of the thesis. Such a declaration shall not necessarily imply that the thesis is considered acceptable.

(5) The thesis shall show proof of the candidate's ability to work independently. The language shall communicate clearly and the technical workmanship shall be satisfactory.

(6) The title page of a thesis shall bear the following inscription:

(a) (Full title of the thesis) ................................................................................................ (b) by ................................................................................................................................

(Full name of candidate) (c) submitted to the Faculty of

................................................................................................................................. in accordance with the requirements of the degree ..............................................................................................................

(d) Supervisor ................................................................................................................... Joint supervisor ....................................................................................................... (if applicable)

(e) Date submitted ........................................................................................................... (f) Place ........................................................................................................................... This page may be written in a language other than English if the dissertation or research project is to be submitted in a language other than English.

(7) When submitted for examination, the thesis shall be accompanied by a signed declaration in the following form: I declare that: (Title of thesis) ........................................................................................ is my own work, that all the sources used or quoted have been indicated and acknowledged by means of complete references, and that this thesis was not previously submitted by me for a degree at another university.

(8) A summary in English of not more than 350 words, approved by the promoter, shall form an integral part of the thesis and must be included in front of each copy of the thesis. The summary shall be in the following form: (i) (Full approved title of the thesis)

..................................................................................................................................... (ii) By (Full name of candidate) (iii) Degree .................................................................................................................... (iv) Department ............................................................................................................ (v) Supervisor ..................................................................................................................

Joint supervisor ...................................................................................................... (if applicable)

(vi) Summary ................................................................................................................ (9) At the end of the English summary a number of key terms (approximately ten) describing

the topic of the thesis must be included.

General Rules for Qualifications

19

(10) A thesis shall be produced on good quality paper of A4 format which does not permit undue show-through, using at least one and a half spacing and leaving a left margin of at least 20 millimetres; provided that the A5 format may be used when ordinary printing or lithography is used. A printing quality of at least Laser Printer standard is required.

(11) The preliminary pages shall be in the following order: Title page Acknowledgements Declaration Summary Table of contents

G42 Submission of thesis (1) (a) A candidate who wishes to receive his/her degree at the graduation ceremony of

the academic year concerned, shall notify his/her supervisor in writing before 15 August of the same year that he/she intends to submit his/her thesis for examination. The thesis shall be submitted by 16 October of that year.

(b) A candidate who notifies his/her supervisor in writing after 15 August of an academic year that he/she intends to submit his/her thesis for examination, or who did notify his/her promoter before 15 August but is not able to submit the thesis before 16 October of the same year, may submit his/her thesis without further notification before 31 January of the following year. If the result of the examination is successful and the candidate has satisfied all other requirements for completion of the degree, a certified statement to the effect that the degree is completed will be issued after the result of the examination is published. The degree in this case will be conferred at the graduation ceremony of the following calendar year.

(c) A candidate who is not able to submit his/her thesis before 31 January must register before 31 March and will be liable for payment of the full amount of study fees for that year.

(d) If a thesis is referred back for amendments these amendments must be carried out to the satisfaction of the supervisor and non-examining chairman or the Head of the Department concerned, and the corrected thesis be re-submitted for examination before 15 May.

(e) A candidate who is not able to re-submit the corrected thesis before 15 May must register for that academic year before 15 May and will be liable for payment of the full amount of study fees for that year.

(2) For examination purposes a candidate shall submit a prescribed number of bound copies of the thesis in accordance with the number of examiners appointed. These copies can be bound in soft covers with a glued spine.

(3) After approval of the thesis, and before conferment of the degree, the candidate shall submit a further three copies, duly amended if so instructed by the examination panel. One of these copies shall be an unbound copy.

The unbound copy must, in the opinion of the University, be suitable for microfilming. The two bound copies shall be bound in hard covers with a glued spine. The title of the thesis and the name of the candidate shall appear on the cover as well as on the spine.

G43 Publication of a thesis The copyright subsisting in a thesis submitted to the University in fulfilment or part fulfilment of a Doctoral degree shall vest in the University. Consequently, no thesis or part thereof, or summary thereof, may be printed or published without the permission of the University and is subject to any provisions laid down by the University. If the thesis, or part thereof, or a summary thereof, is published, it shall be in the name of the author and shall acknowledge the University.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

20

GENERAL RULES FOR HONORIS CAUSA DEGREES G44 (1) An Honorary degrees Committee, not exceeding ten (10) persons in number, shall be

constituted by Senate each year at the Senate meeting in June. (2) A proposal to confer a degree Honoris Causa shall be submitted to the Registrar in

writing by a member of Council or a staff member, and shall be seconded by at least five such members. The proposal should further contain a detailed statement of the reasons for the conferment of such a degree.

(3) A proposal for the conferment of a degree Honoris Causa during the March/April graduation ceremony period should reach the Registrar before 30 November of the preceding year.

(4) The Registrar shall refer all such proposals to the Honorary Degrees Committee for a recommendation to Senate.

(5) At the February meeting of Senate, Senate shall, after discussion, vote by secret ballot on the persons recommended by the Honorary Degrees Committee. The chairman of the senate shall have a deliberative vote on each proposal and, in the event of an equality of votes, also a casting vote.

(6) The decision by Senate for the conferment of a degree Honoris Causa shall be final, and shall be submitted to Council for notification.

G45 Copyright and Plagiarism (1) Any proven instance of infringement of copyright and/or plagiarism in respect of: (a) postgraduate work will result in the candidate failing the degree, diploma or

certificate concerned; (b) undergraduate work will result in the candidate failing the component of the course

concerned. (2) Rule 45(1) finds application notwithstanding: (a) any other punitive measure in terms of any legal instrument covering the

governance of the University and/or (b) any civil and criminal proceedings by an aggrieved party and the state.

General Information

Divider Page

Light Green

General Information

SECTION B

GENERAL INFORMATION

The information in this section is only valid for the academic year 2004. Every student is required to familiarise himself or herself with all relevant procedures, regulations, rules and instructions of the University. Ignorance of the procedures, regulations, rules and instructions will not be accepted as an excuse in the case of transgressions.

General Information

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION B: GENERAL INFORMATION

Page 1. Disciplinary code: Students ................................................................. 1 1.1 Definition of misconduct ................................................................... 1 1.2 Procedure in case of misconduct ........................................................ 2 1.3 Penalties .............................................................................................. 4 1.4 Disciplinary Committee (Students) ...................................................... 4 1.5 Appeal procedure ................................................................................ 5 1.6 Appeals Committee of Senate ............................................................ 5 1.7 General ................................................................................................ 6 1.8 Sexual and racial harassment.............................................................. 6 2. Important procedures, regulations, rules and instructions ................. 8 2.1 Examinations and tests ....................................................................... 8 2.2 Initiation ............................................................................................... 11 2.3 Residences........................................................................................... 11 2.4 University grounds and buildings ........................................................ 11 2.5 Occupational health and safety............................................................ 12 2.6 Sports meetings ................................................................................... 12 2.7 Official tours ......................................................................................... 13 2.8 Firing of rockets and explosives .......................................................... 13 2.9 Carrying and storage of firearms ........................................................ 13 2.10 Marches and Protest Actions ............................................................... 13 2.11 Pets on campus ................................................................................... 18 2.12 Smoking policy .................................................................................... 18 2.13 Use of cellular phones during lectures and practicals......................... 19 2.14 Traffic regulations (regulations for parking also) ................................. 19 3. Termination of studies .............................................................................. 30 4. Medium of instruction ................................................................................ 31 5. Academic dress at graduation ceremonies ......................................... 31 6. Faculty colours ........................................................................................... 32 7. Student identity cards ............................................................................... 33 8. Distribution of publications ....................................................................... 33 9. Dress .......................................................................................................... 33 10. Lost property............................................................................................... 33 11. Participation in sport .................................................................................. 33 12. Disabled students ..................................................................................... 33 13. Use of City Council property...................................................................... 33 14. Evacuation of lecture halls/laboratories ................................................... 33 15. Non-compliance of rules and regulations ................................................ 34

General Information

1

GENERAL INFORMATION 1. DISCIPLINARY CODE: STUDENTS (Rules prescribed by the University Council) 1.1 DEFINITION OF MISCONDUCT

A student shall be guilty of misconduct and may be dealt with in terms of this code, if he or she

1.1.1 contravenes or attempts to contravene any other order, regulation, rule or directive of the University;

1.1.2 refuses to obey any lawful instruction or request by any council member, lecturer, official or body of the University, or acts contrary to such instruction or request;

1.1.3 is guilty of intentional or negligent conduct which results in:

1.1.3.1 bringing the good name of the University into disrepute; 1.1.3.2 prejudicing or endangering the maintenance of order and

discipline at the University;

1.1.3.3 prejudicing or endangering the proper course of teaching, research and/or community service at the University;

1.1.4 without detracting from the generality of paragraphs 1.1 to 1.3,

1.1.4.1 unlawfully infringes another person’s fundamental rights as contained in the Bill of Rights, Chapter 2 of the Constitution, 1996 (Act 108 of 1996), while present on University or University-controlled premises or in University context;

1.1.4.2 performs an act which is an offence in terms of South African law and such an act is prejudicial to the University or its staff, guests, contractors or students;

1.1.4.3 in University context infringes a person’s copyright or any other intellectual property right;

1.1.4.4 uses property of the University or under the University’s control unlawfully or without permission, or damages such property in a manner that may give rise to delictual liability;

1.1.4.5 enters or occupies or attempts to enter or occupy any University or University-controlled premises or building or part thereof without permission;

1.1.4.6 conducts him- or herself in an indecent or improper manner on University or University-controlled premises or at a University function or activity;

1.1.4.7 in any manner infringes the freedom of movement of a student or staff member of the University or a member of the public who is present on University or University-controlled premises or attempts to do so; or

1.1.4.8 conducts him- or herself in an insulting, indecent or improper manner towards a student or staff member of the University or a member of the public who is present on University or University-controlled premises or at a University function or activity;

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

1.1.4.9 in contravention of the provisions of South African law or a rule of the University, possesses, distributes, buys, sells, uses or is under the influence of a dependency-inducing substance while present on University or University-controlled premises.

1.2 PROCEDURE IN CASE OF MISCONDUCT

1.2.1 A charge of misconduct shall be laid with the Registrar.

1.2.2 The Registrar may of his or her own volition investigate or refer a

charge of misconduct for investigation.

1.2.3 Should the Registrar be of the opinion that

1.2.3.1 reasonable grounds exist for a charge of misconduct against a student; and

1.2.3.2 the conduct of the particular student could possibly justify disciplinary steps in terms of paragraph 3;

the Registrar formulates a charge in writing and convenes a disciplinary investigation by the Disciplinary Committee (Students).

1.2.4 The Registrar may, if there are reasonable grounds for suspecting

that a student is guilty of serious misconduct, temporarily expel a student from a residence or temporarily deny a student access to the campus of the University, pending the results of the disciplinary investigation. An expulsion of this nature takes place if the Registrar is of the opinion that it is reasonably necessary for the protection of the interests of other students, staff and/or the University.

1.2.5 If the Registrar is of the opinion that the conduct of a student does

not warrant an investigation by the Disciplinary Committee (Students), but that steps should nevertheless be taken against that particular student, and the student has admitted the charge against him or her and has been afforded the opportunity to address the Registrar on the appropriate disciplinary measures, the Registrar may take steps against the student without implementing any further process. The Registrar may deprive the student of a right or privilege exercised in terms of his or her registration as a student as provided for in subparagraph 3.1.2, or reprimand the student, or impose a fine not exceeding the amount determined from time to time by Council for this purpose. Where the student is of the opinion that the punishment imposed by the Registrar is unreasonable, he or she may lodge an appeal in respect of this specific aspect in terms of paragraph 5.

1.2.6 Should the Registrar decide to order a disciplinary investigation by

the Disciplinary Committee (Students), a copy of the written charge shall be served on the student concerned. In the document the student is summoned to appear at the specific date, time and venue stated in the document in order to answer to the charge.

General Information

3

1.2.7 If the student is a minor, his or her parents or legal guardian must be informed of the disciplinary investigation in a manner which the Registrar deems appropriate under the circumstances.

1.2.8 The Registrar shall notify all persons who must be present at the

disciplinary investigation.

1.2.9 An accused student shall be entitled to be assisted by his or her parents or legal guardian during the disciplinary investigation.

1.2.10 An accused student shall not ipso iure be entitled to legal

representation during the disciplinary investigation. If the student so requests, the Chairperson of the Disciplinary Committee (Students) may give leave to the student to employ the services of a legal representative at his or her own cost. The Chairperson may also give permission to a third party, other than the parent or guardian of the student or his or her legal representative, to assist the student.

1.2.11 The Registrar may, as the case may be and when it is justified by

the charge, appoint a competent person to handle the charge against the student on behalf of the University. In such instance the accused student is ipso iure entitled to legal representation. However, the student remains responsible for his or her own legal costs.

1.2.12 The procedure followed during a particular disciplinary

investigation is determined by the Disciplinary Committee (Students), taking into account the rules of fair administrative justice. The latter inter alia entails that the accused student

1.2.12.1 does not have to incriminate him- or herself;

1.2.12.2 is asked whether he or she admits the charge;

1.2.12.3 is permitted to present his or her defence in a manner that the Committee deems appropriate under the circumstances, but which is at the same time fair towards the students

1.2.12.4 is allowed to provide evidence in his or her favour; and

1.2.12.5 is allowed to cross-examine anyone who testifies against him or her.

1.2.13 The Disciplinary Committee (Students) shall keep minutes of the

proceedings or ensure that such minutes are kept in a manner that it considers appropriate under the circumstances.

1.2.14 If the Disciplinary Committee (Students) cannot reach a unanimous

decision, the decision of the majority of the members shall apply. In the case of an equal vote, the Chairperson has a casting vote.

1.2.15 If so requested by a student who is found guilty, the Disciplinary

Committee (Students) must furnish written reasons for its decision and/or disciplinary steps.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

1.3. PENALTIES 1.3.1 Upon finding a student guilty and having heard evidence in mitigation, the

Disciplinary Committee (Students) may 1.3.1.1 reprimand the student;

1.3.1.2 temporarily or permanently deprive the student of a right or

privilege which his or her registration as a student at the University entails;

1.3.1.3 impose a fine not exceeding the amount determined from time to

time for this purpose by Council, and also order the student to pay an amount which amounts to the actual damage caused by the student;

1.3.1.4 deprive the student of the right or privilege to register for a

particular subject, or revoke a credit obtained in a subject; 1.3.1.5 compel the student to perform community service within the

University for a specified number of hours not exceeding the maximum determined from time to time by the Council for this purpose;

1.3.1.6 suspend the student for a specified period; and/or 1.3.1.7 deny the student the privilege of re-registration as a student at the

University.

1.3.2 When an appeal against a decision of the Disciplinary Committee (Students) is lodged in terms of paragraph 5, the Chairman, after consulting with the other members of the Committee, may suspend any disciplinary measure imposed by the Committee pending the result of the appeal.

1.4. DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE (STUDENTS)

1.4.1 The Disciplinary Committee (Students) shall have three members. The

members appointed to serve on a specific committee shall be appointed from the ranks of the following categories of persons:

1.4.1.1 a person with a legal qualification from within or outside the

University, appointed by the Registrar to act as the Chairperson of the disciplinary investigation;

1.4.1.2 an academic staff member of the University; and 1.4.1.3 a registered student of the University appointed from the ranks

of the serving Student Court judges.

1.4.2 After the Chairperson of a specific disciplinary committee has been appointed by the Registrar, it shall be the duty of the Chairperson to appoint the remainder of the committee in consultation with the Registrar and in accordance with the abovementioned guidelines.

General Information

5

1.4.3 If there are no Student Court judges or such judges are unavailable, the disciplinary investigation may lawfully continue without a representative from the ranks of the judges of the Student Court.

1.5. APPEAL PROCEDURE

1.5.1 A student may appeal against the conviction and/or the disciplinary

measures imposed by the Disciplinary Committee (Students) in accordance with the following procedure: 1.5.1.1 The student may appeal to the Appeals Committee of Senate

against the conviction and/or the disciplinary measures imposed by the Disciplinary Committee (Students) by lodging a written Notice of Appeal to the Registrar.

1.5.1.2 The written Notice of Appeal shall be lodged with the Registrar not

later than ten days after the student has been informed in writing of the finding of the Disciplinary Committee (Students).

1.5.1.3 The grounds of appeal shall be furnished in detail in the Notice of

Appeal. 1.5.1.4 On receipt of the Notice of Appeal, a copy thereof shall submitted

to the Chairman of the Disciplinary Committee (Students), whereupon the Committee shall prepare a response to the grounds of the appeal within a reasonable time and submit it to the Registrar.

1.5.1.5 The Registrar shall provide the student with the response

furnished by the Disciplinary Committee (Students), who in turn may within seven days submit a written replication to the Registrar.

1.5.1.6 The Registrar shall then arrange for the appeal to be heard as

soon as possible by the Appeals Committee of Senate. 1.5.1.7 The Appeals Committee of Senate may ratify, alter or set aside

any conviction and/or disciplinary measure imposed, which may include the suspension or reduction of or increase in disciplinary measures, and may otherwise make any order which, taking into account the facts of the case, would be just and equitable.

1.5.1.8 The appeal shall be adjudicated on the basis of the

documentation before the Appeals Committee of Senate and no representation on behalf of any party shall be permitted at the hearing of the appeal.

1.6. APPEALS COMMITTEE OF SENATE The Appeals Committee of Senate consists of:

1.6.1 the Chairperson of Senate or his or her delegate; and

1.6.2 two members of Senate, one of whom must be a member of the Faculty of

Law: provided that a member of Senate who has served as a member of the Disciplinary Committee (Students) in respect of a certain matter, may not serve as a member of the Appeals Committee of Senate in respect of the same matter.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

1.7. GENERAL 1.7.1 If the Disciplinary Committee (Students) and/or the Appeals Committee of

Senate deprives a student of a right or a privilege that he or she exercises as a student, or temporarily or permanently denies him or her entrance to the University or a University residence, such student shall forfeit all claims to a refund or reduction of or exemption in respect of money paid or payable to the University.

1.7.2 If a student refuses to attend a disciplinary hearing, or where he or she has

been absent from such hearing for a second time without the permission of Chairman of the Committee, the hearing may be continued forthwith in his or her absence in a manner which the Disciplinary Committee (Students) deems appropriate.

1.7.3 If the Vice-Chancellor and Principal is of the opinion that the circumstances of a

specific case warrant it, he or she may perform some or all of the actions performed by the Registrar in terms of the Disciplinary Code or, alternatively, he or she may delegate the authority to perform these functions to another staff member of the University.

Nothing in this document shall prohibit the Council of the University from promulgating specific disciplinary codes and procedures for regulating conduct in Residences or in other units within the University where this is necessitated by operational requirements. This Code shall apply in the absence of such measures.

1.8. SEXUAL AND RACIAL HARASSMENT

In terms of its policy on racial and sexual harassment, the University of Pretoria strives towards the establishment of a non-sexist, non-racist, non-discriminatory working, living and learning environment.

Disciplinary steps can be taken against students who commit acts of sexual

and/or racial harassment. Upon conviction, such students can be expelled. Sexual harassment is any conduct with a sexual undertone or suggestion

that infringes on a student’s right to a safe, non-intimidating learning and living environment, while racial harassment is described as any humiliating and/or derogatory verbal or non-verbal action which has an explicit or implicit racial connotation or undertone and infringes on a student’s right to a safe, non-intimidating, non-racist learning or living environment.

The University’s policy on sexual harassment and racial harassment sets out

the procedures to be followed by a complainant in the abovementioned cases and can be illustrated as follows (see p 7):

General Information

7

PROCEDURE IN A CASE OF SEXUAL OR RACIAL HARRASSMENT * Student Council member for Safety and Security:Gerrit Jooste (Tel. 362 6790)

* Protection Officer: Mrs E Gardiner: Division of Legal Services (Tel. 420 3073)

Consultation Complainant with Protection Officer*

Choice Mediation or Disciplinary Procedure

Mediation

Disciplinary Procedure

Agreement

No agreement

Reporting/Complaint at Student Council member for

Safety and Security*

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

2. IMPORTANT PROCEDURES, REGULATIONS, RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS It is required of each student to acquaint himself or herself thoroughly with the provisions

of the procedures, regulations, rules and instructions of the University with regard to: 2.1 Examinations and tests 2.2 Prohibition of initiation of first-year students and other students of the University in terms

of differentiated instructions which are laid down or may be laid down by the University authorities

2.3 Residences 2.4 University grounds and buildings 2.5 Occupational health and safety 2.6 Sports meetings 2.7 Official tours 2.8 The use and/or firing of any fireworks, rockets or explosives of whatever nature 2.9 Carrying and storage of firearms 2.10 Code of conduct 2.11 Pets on campus 2.12 Smoking policy 2.13 Traffic regulations NB: In the case of contraventions ignorance of the abovementioned regulations will not be

accepted as an excuse. 2.1. EXAMINATIONS AND TESTS 2.1.1 EXAMINATION INSTRUCTIONS

Also consult General regulations G12 to G14 in this regard.

(a) No candidate shall be allowed into the examination hall later than half an hour after an examination session has commenced, nor shall a candidate be allowed to leave the examination hall earlier than half an hour after the commencement of an examination session.

(b) It is compulsory for students to wear their student cards conspicuously in the

examination hall.

(c) Candidates shall follow all the instructions of an invigilator immediately. (d) Candidates shall not bring any unauthorised apparatus, electronic means of

communication, or notes of any nature whatsoever or any paper, no matter how small, into the examination hall: Provided that the invigilator can determine in appropriate cases that a book-bag, handbag or any apparatus may be kept in a space in the examination hall indicated by the invigilator.

(e) Wearing a cap or a wide-brimmed hat during examinations and tests is

prohibited. (f) Bookbags, handbags, pencil-cases and other similar containers may be kept with

students during examinations or tests, provided that it would not be handled at all by students for the duration of the examination or test period.

General Information

9

(g) It is important that the surname, full names and signature of the student are entered in the space provided on the script. This information may be treated as confidential, if so preferred by the student, by folding and sealing the top portion of the cover of the examination and test book. The covered portion of the examination cover may then only be opened by the examiner if the student number is incorrect or illegible.

(h) Once the invigilator has announced the commencement of the examination, all

conversations or any other form of communication between candidates shall cease. During the course of the examination there shall be no communication of any nature whatsoever between students.

(i) No candidate shall assist or attempt to assist another candidate, or obtain help, or

attempt to obtain help from another candidate with regard to any information.

(j) Candidates shall not make themselves guilty of any dishonest conduct. (k) Writing on any paper other than that provided for examination purposes is strictly

prohibited. Students shall not write on the blotting paper or on the examination paper, except on fill-in and multiple-choice questionnaires.

(l) Rough work shall be done in the examination book and then crossed out. No

pages shall be removed from examination books. (m) Smoking shall not be permitted in the examination hall, and students shall also

not be permitted to leave the hall in order to smoke outside.

(n) Only in exceptional circumstances will a student be given permission to leave the examination hall temporarily, and then only under the supervision of an invigilator.

(o) Students shall not take used or unused answer books or blotting paper from the

examination hall. (p) When the invigilator announces that the time has expired, students shall stop

writing immediately. Note: Students are seriously warned about contravening any of these instructions. If

found guilty, a student can forfeit all credits for a whole year and also be suspended from the University (and consequently from all South African universities).

2.1.2 REGISTRATION FOR EXAMINATIONS At the beginning of the year, a student indicates on his or her registration form in which

modules he or she will be writing examinations. If, however, the student later decides not to write an examination in a module(s), he or she must inform the Faculty Administration accordingly.

2.1.3 ADMISSION TO EXAMINATIONS

(a) A student is admitted to an examination in a module only if he or she has prepared him/herself satisfactorily through the proper execution of the work, and subject to other stipulations has obtained a semester/year mark of at least 40%, provided

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

10

that for all first-semester modules at the 100-level a student must obtain a semester mark of at least 30% in order to be admitted to the examination in the module in question.

(b) In the calculation of the year mark, performance in tests and the satisfactory

execution of assignments (tasks) are taken into consideration. (c) It is therefore essential that a student attends classes regularly, writes all tests

and completes all work assignments. A student who, as a result of unforeseen circumstances, is prevented from attending classes, writing tests or completing assignments on time, should contact the lecturer(s) concerned without delay in order to make alternative arrangements. Neglect to do so could result in admission to the examination being denied.

(d) In the event of illness, a valid and acceptable medical certificate must be

submitted to the Faculty Administration, in addition to making arrangements with the lecturer(s) concerned.

(e) The names of students who have not been admitted to examinations are

announced by the various departments on the last day of lecturing by means of name lists placed on the departmental notice boards. Students must personally ascertain whether they have been admitted to an examination in a particular module.

2.1.4 ANNOUNCEMENT OF EXAMINATION RESULTS Examination results will be made available in the following manner:

By post MTN telephone number 083 123 111 Web address: http://www.up.ac.za/uitslae.html Departmental notice boards

2.1.5 RE-MARKING OF EXAMINATION SCRIPTS Re-marking of examination scripts are allowed subject to the following conditions:

(a) A written application for re-marking of an examination script must be submitted within 14 calendar days after the commencement of the ensuing semester at the office of the Head of Student Administration.

(b) The mark(s) awarded after re-marking will be the final result(s), even if they are

lower than the original mark(s). (c) The fee for re-marking a script is R100,00. The fees for re-marking of modules

consisting of papers one and two are therefore R200,00. The money should be paid at Students’ Accounts before the request will be considered.

(d) Should the re-marking result in a pass mark, the student concerned may be refunded the appropriate amount.

(e) Students will not be entitled to an additional supplementary examination by virtue

of marks awarded to them as a result of re-marking.

General Information

11

(f) Re-marking results will be made known as quickly as possible, but it is unlikely that re-marking will be done before the commencement of the ensuing semester.

2.1.6 TEST INSTRUCTIONS The examination instructions described in paragraph 2.1. are, with the necessary

adaptations, applicable to tests and practicals. 2.1.7 CONDUCTING OF EXAMINATIONS AND TESTS ON SATURDAYS Due to its extensive test and examination programmes, the University is compelled to

conduct some tests and examinations on Saturdays. It is therefore not practicable to accede to requests for special tests and examinations that are exclusively intended to substitute programmes scheduled for Saturdays.

2.1.8 LECTURES AND TESTS The attention of lecturers and students is drawn to the fact that lectures may not be

cancelled with a view to preparations for Rag or any other activity. However, on the recommendation of the Senate, the Council has decided to request

lecturers not to schedule examinations and tests (a) from the Wednesday of Rag Week until the first Tuesday after Rag week; (b) the day after Spring Day; (c) during the academic dedication services, and

(d) on the Saturday on which an intervarsity takes place. 2.2 INITIATION In terms of the policy determined by the University Council, no form of initiation of first-

year students or of other students is permitted. A welcoming programme that is concluded on the evening before lectures officially commence, is presented with the approval of the Dean of Students.

2.3 RESIDENCES Matters concerning University-controlled residences are described fully in the following

documents. Students should take cognisance of the full text of these documents: (a) Bepalings: Universiteitsbeheerde koshuise (Regulations: University-controlled

residences). (b) Tug en dissipline: Universiteitsbeheerde koshuise. (Disciplinary code: University-

controlled residences). (c) Household regulations of residences. (d) Clubhouses: Minimum rules and guidelines.

2.4 UNIVERSITY GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS

(a) The University reserves the right to deny persons and organisations access to its grounds and buildings.

(b) Admission to the premises of the University is under all circumstances subject to

the Control of Access to Public Premises and Vehicles Act, Act 53 of 1985.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

12

(c) Persons who enter and park on the premises of the University do so at their own risk. Therefore, the University does not accept liability for any accident or damage suffered by a person as a result of the use of the grounds or buildings of the University.

(d) The use of the grounds and buildings of the University is subject to the policy and

procedural provisions determined by the University Council. (e) Climbing University buildings or any other related unauthorised act is prohibited.

(f) Unless the Traffic Regulations expressly determine otherwise, the traffic rules

applicable to public roads contained in the Road Traffic Act, Act 29 of 1989, as amended, also apply to the premises of the University. The Complete Traffic Regulations document appears elsewhere in this publication.

2.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY All staff members and students of the University must at all times comply with the

provisions regarding occupational health and safety as set out in the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act 85 of 1993. Full details are contained in the Manual for Occupational Health and Safety, which is available at the office of the Head: Security Services.

2.6 SPORTS MEETINGS –

Code of conduct for student spectators during sports meetings

2.6.1 General premise The general premise is that the behaviour of the students of the University of Pretoria shall at all times, i.e. also at any sports meeting – including Intervarsity – be such that the image and good name of the University is not prejudiced. In this regard, an intervarsity is not considered to be an extension of Rag, but an event in its own right with a long and proud tradition.

2.6.2 All sports meetings

(a) A student's behaviour shall not be of such a nature that it disrupts or in any way detrimentally affects the normal course of the sports activity in question.

(b) No spectators shall without authorisation set foot on the playing field

regardless of whether the particular sports activity is in progress.

(c) Unless authorised by the University, no alcoholic beverages of whatever kind or in whatever form shall be in the possession of a student or be used during his or her attendance of a sports meetings, regardless of the venue of the sports meeting. This rule also applies to the LC de Villiers sports field.

(d) During the attendance of a sports meeting, no object, e.g. naartjies, flour

bombs, cans or bottles, shall be thrown among the spectators or onto the playing field.

General Information

13

(e) A spectator shall subject him- or herself to the authority of the person appointed by the University or the SRC to maintain order and shall abide by any reasonable arrangement made by such a person with a view to the discipline of the spectators.

(f) Indecent behaviour and foul language are forbidden.

2.7 OFFICIAL TOURS

(a) The rules regarding official tours undertaken by students of the University of Pretoria regulate the organisation, approval and effective control of official tours, excursions or trips beyond the borders of Pretoria that are organised by the students themselves, employees of the University of Pretoria or a University organisation, and to which the name of the University of Pretoria is linked.

(b) Official tours can be divided into three categories, namely academic tours, student

tours and sports tours. (c) The University authorities reserve the right to take disciplinary action in terms of

the rules and regulations of the University against tour chaperons and/or tour managements and/or tour members during or after a tour.

(These regulations are available on request at the offices of the SRC.) 2.8 FIRING OF ROCKETS AND EXPLOSIVES

The use and/or firing of any fireworks, rockets or explosives, of whatever nature, is not only a contravention of the rules of the University, but can also constitute a criminal offence. Contraventions of this nature normally lead to the suspension of the student concerned.

2.9 CARRYING AND STORAGE OF FIREARMS

It is the policy of the University of Pretoria that the carrying of a firearm, explosives, explosive device or any other dangerous weapon on the premises of the University is prohibited. A person is guilty of misconduct if he or she stores on the premises of the University, possesses or controls, a firearm, explosives, explosive device or any other dangerous weapon without the express prior consent of the Head: Security Services or his authorised representative. The concepts "firearm", "explosive", "explosive device" and "dangerous weapon" bear the meaning that they are accorded in the relevant statutory provisions.

2.10 MARCHES AND PROTEST ACTIONS

A person is guilty of misconduct if he/she organises a march or protest action on the premises of the University or on University-controlled premises, partakes in such actions, or encourages, instigates or intimidates persons or organisations to take part in such actions, without the express prior consent of the Vice-chancellor or Principal or his authorised representative, or contravenes the specified conditions according to which consent to such actions is subjected to.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

14

CODE OF CONDUCT: MEETINGS 2.10.1 Points of departure The University of Pretoria does not operate in isolation from the dynamic processes

that are bringing about change in almost all spheres of the South African society. These processes bring latent tension and difference of opinion clearly to the fore. It is the declared policy of the University that freedom of speech and expression of opinion is to be upheld on the campus. However, experience has taught that this ideal can only be realised if the community in which it is to be achieved has the inherent ability and will to uphold it and accepts the responsibility to confirm it in practice. Through this regulation and its content the University community confirms that it has both the ability and the will required and that it therefore accepts the primary responsibility to supervise the application and enforcement of the regulation. Recognition is specifically given to the right of staff members and students to express in various ways their disagreement with particular viewpoints and actions. It must, however, be ensured that the exercise of this right always supports the high ideal of freedom of speech and expression of opinion on the campus. Commitment to the high ideals that are cherished for the University of Pretoria also implies acceptance of co-responsibility for the maintenance and enhancement of the reputation of the University and of order and discipline on the campus.

2.10.2 Aim To agree on the details of a code of conduct with a view to ensuring the continued

and responsible exercising of freedom of speech and expression of opinion during meetings.

2.10.3 Definitions

1. Speakers Persons from within or outside the University, irrespective of their political or

other affiliations, who are invited to address staff members, students and the general public on University premises or to participate in any prearranged function or action.

2. Organisers 2.1 In the case of invitations to participate in organised student activities,

irrespective of whether the meeting was scheduled in advance, the organiser is the SRC or the student body which issued the invitation.

2.2 In the case of invitations to participate in meetings or programmes that do not

form part of student activities, the organiser is the University authority which issued the invitation.

3. During the proceedings

3.1 The official proceedings is the period that follows on the announcement by the chairperson or convenor of the meeting of the commencement of the proceedings, or his or her attempts to make such an announcement, and lasts until the chairperson or convener announces that the proceedings have ended. For this purpose the customary time allowed for questions is considered to be part of the official proceedings.

General Information

15

3.2 For the purposes of this code of conduct the concept “during the meeting” has a corresponding meaning.

4. Protest Protest as intended in paragraph 2.10.5 of this code of conduct and which is

made in the prescribed manner during the proceedings, or at some other appropriate time, in terms of the organiser’s rules of procedure.

5. Unauthorised protest

Protest which does not conform to the definition and other rules of procedure contained in this code of conduct.

6. Applicant A staff member or a student of the University, or an organisation affiliated with

the SRC, who applies to the organisers for the protest. 7. SRC

The Students’ Representative Council of the University of Pretoria as elected and constituted in terms of the Constitution of the SRC and the Students’ Senate.

8. University authority The Rectorate or any other organ or division of the University, including, where

applicable, an authorised staff member of the University.

9. Invitations 9.1 In accordance with a particular situation, all invitations to speakers are issued

by or in consultation with the SRC or the University authorities.

9.2 If an invitation is issued in consultation with the SRC or the University authorities, as intended in paragraph 2.10.3.9.1, the SRC or the University authorities, as the case may be, remains co-responsible for the fulfilment of the obligations mentioned in paragraph 2.10.4: Provided that if the SRC or the University authorities are of the opinion that the obligations mentioned in paragraph 2.10.4 cannot be fulfilled, or consider it reasonable to assume that it will not be possible to fulfil them, the authorisation to issue an invitation can be withheld.

9.3 Notwithstanding any provision in this code, the Rectorate can, if it is of the

opinion that a particular meeting will have a detrimental effect on or will endanger the orderly course of teaching and research and the maintenance of order and discipline, either prohibit the issuing of particular invitations or demand that they be withdrawn.

10. Guests of the University

For the purposes of this code of conduct speakers are considered to be guests of the University who should always be afforded courtesy and be treated in accordance with the civilised norms and the standards the University attempts to uphold.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

16

2.10.4 Responsibilities: Organisers

The organisers have the following responsibilities: (a) The safety and well-being of speakers from the moment they enter the

University premises until they leave the premises after their visit. (b) The control of admission to all meetings, adhering to the policy provisions laid

down by the Council in this regard.

(c) The provision of information to the chairperson or convener of a meeting to familiarise him or her with his or her obligations in terms of this code of conduct. The chairperson or convener must inform those present adequately beforehand of the content of this code.

(d) All reasonable measures and precautions required to ensure the orderly

course of the proceedings. (e) The organisers may request that Security Services should render support in

the execution of the obligations mentioned in 2.10.4.(a), (b) and (d), provided that

(i) a written application for support is submitted beforehand to Security Services;

(ii) the obligations to be taken over by Security Services are clearly defined and agreed upon in writing; and

(iii) Security Services is exclusively responsible for the matters taken over in terms of 2.10.4.1.

(f) The organisers are responsible for collating and making available all

information and confirmatory proof regarding the infringement of this code of conduct in any manner, and for submitting the details thereof to the Registrar within three days, provided that Security Services bears the responsibility for the matters taken over in terms of paragraph 2.10.4.(e) (i) – (iii). Measures taken by the organisers for the purposes of fulfilling the obligations mentioned in paragraph 2.10.4 (a) – (e) must comply with the policy provisions laid down by the University in regard to the control of admission and the protection of University premises.

2.10.5 Protest and other actions

1. Besides the protest which is permitted in terms of paragraph 2.10.5.4, all other forms of protest or actions intended to disrupt a meeting, or which have that effect, are not permissible during the proceedings.

2. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 2.10.5.1, it is permissible to display

placards, banners and flags, carried by protestors, before or after the proceedings, provided that no placards, banners, flags or slogans may be displayed against University buildings.

3. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 2.10.5.1, it is permissible to shout

slogans, sing songs and to utter lyrics before or after the proceedings.

General Information

17

4. It is permissible to register protest during a meeting, provided that the following condition is fulfilled in all respects:

(a) Applicants must give the organisers written notice of their intention to

register protest 24 hours before the commencement of a meeting. It is regarded as an essential condition of a proper notice that the written notice be accompanied by the full text of the protest note.

5. The following requirements apply to the protest note mentioned in paragraph

2.10.5.4: (i) The protest note must be in the form of a press release and must be

read aloud by the applicant as prescribed in paragraph 2.10.5. (ii) The content of the protest note may not be directed at the speaker in his

or her personal capacity. (iii) The applicant accepts full responsibility for the content of the protest

note and the organisers give permission for its delivery at the applicant’s risk.

(iv) It is within the sole jurisdiction of the organisers to determine the order arrangements for the meeting and everyone present is subject to these arrangements.

(v) If an application to protest does not comply with all the requirements set out, such a protest shall be considered to be unauthorised and shall not be permitted, provided that if an application to protest does comply with the requirements, the organisers are obliged, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2.10.3.3, to allow the protest during the proceedings or at some other appropriate time.

(vi) The maximum time that shall be allowed for protest during a meeting is five minutes, provided that if more than one applicant want to register protest, the time can be extended to a maximum of 10 minutes and that applicants who represent groups can be given precedence.

(vii) In the case of protest being registered by more than one person, the organisers of the meeting can, in accordance with the particular circumstances, request the applicants to reduce their notes of protest in order that the protests may be registered and completed within the time limits.

2.10.6 Application The code of conduct is applicable to

(a) all staff members of the University, irrespective of whether they have a part-time or temporary appointment;

(b) all registered students of the University; and (c) groups and organisations of which registered students are members or in

whose activities or management registered students participate, irrespec-tive of whether the group or organisation concerned is affiliated to the SRC.

2.10.7 Infringements

1. This code of conduct has the status of a regulation and the infringement of any of its provisions is justiciable in terms of the Rules laid down by the Council of the University in accordance with Article 13 of the University of Pretoria Private Act (Act No 106 of 1990).

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

18

2. If an organisation which is affiliated with the SRC infringes any of the provisions of this code of conduct in any manner, or attempts to do so, the SRC can decide to summarily terminate the affiliation of that organisation.

3. Incitement or intimidation of groups or individuals to infringe this code of conduct shall be regarded to be an infringement thereof, and such infringement shall, in accordance with the particular case, be dealt with in terms of paragraphs 2.10.7.1 and 2.10.7.2.

2.11 PETS ON CAMPUS

No pets are allowed on University grounds, with the following exceptions: Guide dogs for blind persons Animals that need to be on a specific campus as patients or for research Pets owned by personnel who stay in houses belonging to the University

or houses on the University campuses on a permanent basis. 2.12 SMOKING POLICY (STAFF AND VISITORS)

The University is divided into non-smoking areas and areas where smoking is allowed. The following areas are classified as non-smoking areas: any area where a possible fire and/or security risk exists and which has been

designated as such any premises where food is stored, manufacture, prepared, handled, sold or

served all indoor areas of a public and common nature

Smoking is allowed in the following circumstances: 1. An employee may smoke in his or her office but with due consideration for the

interests of visitors and where the possibility of passive smoking for other persons has been excluded.

2. Where smokers and non-smokers are working together in an office and it is not

possible to position the parties in such a way that the possibility of passive smoking is excluded, the office or area where the persons are working together must be classified as a non-smoking area.

3. The person in control of a cafeteria may classify one-third of the cafeteria as an

area where smoking is allowed. This may be done only if the area in question is enclosed and if ventilation in the smoking area is of such a nature that separation and ventilation will exclude the possibility of passive smoking for non-smokers. The area where smoking is allowed in this manner must be prominently designated as such by means of notices.

4. All indoor areas that do not qualify as public areas and that have been

designated as areas where smoking is allowed.

All members of staff and visitors are required to comply with the provisions of this policy.The policy may be revised from time to time in view of possible statutory developments.

General Information

19

2.13 USE OF CELLULAR PHONES DURING LECTURES AND PRACTICALS Students should note that cellular phones must be switched off and may not be used

at all during lectures and practical sessions. 2.14 TRAFFIC REGULATIONS (regulations for parking also) Traffic and parking regulations promulgated by the Council in terms of Section (13) of

the University of Pretoria Act (Act 13 of 1990) as amended.

A. DEFINITION OF TERMS For purposes of these regulations the following definition of terms apply: 1. Official roads A gravel or tarred road established by the University on its grounds for the

use of motor vehicles/bicycles. 2. Official parking space/area A space/area intended for parking motor vehicles and bicycles and which is

indicated as such. The parking areas on the Main Campus are indicated on the University map as well as on the various University grounds by an H. The South Campus is indicated with an S, Groenkloof with a G and Onderstepoort and the Medical Campus with a P.

3. Visitor

A person who is not a student, contractor or a staff member of the University.

4. Bicycle shed A parking area for motorcycles and bicycles and which is indicated as such

by a road sign board.

5. Authorised official A traffic official or other member of staff of the University authorised to

enforce entrance control or security on the University grounds.

6. ID Cards An identity card issued by the University.

7. Motorcycle Any self-driven or semi self-driven motor vehicle with two wheels (e.g. a

bicycle fitted with pedals and an engine) with or without a side-car.

8. Motor vehicle Any self-driven or semi self-driven motor vehicle. Any trailer.

9. Road traffic sign Any parking and traffic sign, information sign, danger warning sign, roadway line and marks which are applicable in terms of the Road Traffic Ordinance, provided that the University can use its own measurements, distances and heights with regard to the erection of traffic signs and the marking of roadway lines and marks.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

20

10. Road Traffic Ordinance Art. 93(1) of the National Road Safety Act (Act 93 of 1996) which is effective

in the Republic of South Africa.

11. Roadworthy A licensed vehicle which is roadworthy in accordance with the regulations of

the Road Traffic Ordinance. 12. Parking disc A token issued on request by the Client Service Centre of the University to a

member of staff or a student. The parking disc must be attached to the windscreen of a vehicle where it must be clearly visible. It may not be transferred to or requested on behalf of anyone else.

13. A member of staff

Any member of the University Council or any other person who is permanently or temporarily employed by the University.

14. Council The Council of the University of Pretoria. 15. Student Any full-time, after-hours or part-time student registered at the University.

16. Temporary parking permit A permit that can be issued on request to a person who does not possess a

valid parking disc of the University. 17. University The University of Pretoria. 18. University grounds Grounds owned or rented by the University or grounds that are in any

manner subject to the control of the University. 19. Traffic officer Any member of staff, called upon by the Head: Security Services, to enforce

traffic control for the University.

20. Sheltered parking Any sheltered parking established by the University or for which permission

for erection had been granted.

B. GENERAL INFORMATION

1. The purpose of the traffic and parking regulations of the University is to restrict traffic disturbance and accidents on its premises to a minimum.

2. Although the University attempts to provide parking facilities for students and

personnel with the funds and limited space at its disposal, the Council is not obliged to provide these facilities.

General Information

21

3. Admission to the premises of the University and parking on the University grounds take place at a person's own risk. Therefore the University does not accept liability for any accident or damage suffered by a person as a result of the use of the roads or parking facilities of the University.

4. Unless the Traffic Regulations expressly determine otherwise the traffic rules

applicable to public roads, contained in Art. 93(1) of the National Road Safety Act (Act 96 of 1996), as amended, also apply to the premises of the University.

5. Traffic and parking regulations are subject to amendment or temporary

suspension.

6. Trespassers of the traffic and parking regulations are subject to the following penal clauses:

(a) Personnel and students

Action in terms of the disciplinary provisions of the University as well as criminal charges in terms of the Control of Access to Public Premises and Vehicles Act (Act 53 of 1985).

(b) Visitors Criminal charges for contravention in terms of the Control of Access to Public Premises and Vehicles Act (Act 53 of 1985).

C. ADMISSION TO UNIVERSITY GROUNDS

1. Admission

Admission to the premises of the University by motor vehicles, pedestrians and bicycles is under all circumstances subject to the Control of Access to Public Premises and Vehicles Act (Act 53 of 1985), which determines inter alia, that an authorised officer may require a member of staff, a student or a visitor who desires admission to the University premises to

a) supply his or her name, address and any other relevant information

required by the authorised official;

b) show proof of identity to the satisfaction of the authorised official;

c) declare any dangerous object in his or her possession or keeping or under the person's control;

d) declare whatever may be the contents of any vehicle, suitcase,

briefcase, bag, handbag, folder, envelope, parcel or container of any kind that he or she has in possession, or in keeping, or under control, and show the contents to the official;

e) subject him- or herself and anything in his/her possession, keeping or

under control, to an examination by means of an electronic or other apparatus in order to determine the presence of any dangerous object;

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

22

f) hand over to the authorised official anything that he or she may have in his/her possession, or in keeping or under control, for examination or for safe keeping until such time as he or she leaves the premises or vehicle;

g) allow that his or her vehicle or person be examined by an authorised

official at the exit; and

h) move or remove his or her motor vehicle or bicycle at any time if it should be in the interest and security of the University premises or the people thereon.

2. Personnel

(a) A member of staff may obtain admission to the University premises for

his or her vehicle on the basis of a parking disc, valid for the particular vehicle and parking ground and attached to the windscreen of the motor vehicle or attached to the motorcycle by means of a recognised disc container. (Access is provided electronically by a personnel card.)

(b) Whenever a member of staff removes his or her vehicle from University

premises, the person must use his or her personnel card to activate the boom gate.

(c) For the sake of members of staff who own two motor vehicles, a second

parking disc may be issued provided that (i) not more than one vehicle per staff member is parked on

University parking areas simultaneously; (ii) particulars of only one vehicle be displayed on a parking disc; (iii) a parking disc may not be transferred from one vehicle to another

(if a person changes vehicles the previous disc must be handed in before a substitute disc will be issued);

(iv) no motor vehicle will be admitted to University parking areas without a valid parking disc;

(v) the parking disc must be visible on the windscreen of the vehicle for the period that it is parked in a University parking area;

(vi) staff members who have children that are students at the University may not allow their children to park the staff member's motor vehicle on a parking area intended for personnel vehicles;

(vii) misuse of the parking facilities may cause that one or both the parking discs of a particular member of staff be suspended.

(viii) the parking disc may not be requested on behalf of anyone else or transferred to another person.

(d) As a result of the high number of vehicles in certain parking areas, the

University had to impose limited zoning and a staff member is allowed to park only in the area/zone whereto his or her particular disc warrants admission.

(e) A vehicle may only be parked on the marked spaces in the area. Visitors'

parking is intended for the use of visitors only. Motorcycles may only be parked on parking areas intended and marked for that purpose.

General Information

23

(f) All traffic signs and regulations of the University must be obeyed at all times. (Offenders render themselves liable to action in terms of the disciplinary provisions of the University.)

(g) Persons who enter the University premises do so at their own risk.

(h) If a member of staff resigns or retires from University employment the

parking disc in his or her possession must be returned to the Card Counter at the Client Service Centre.

(i) A member of staff to whom a sheltered parking space has been

allocated is allowed to park his vehicle in that space only. Contravention of this regulation renders the offender liable to action in terms of the disciplinary provisions of the University.

3. Students

(a) Main Campus

Students' motor vehicles are not permitted on the Main Campus between 08:00 and 17:00 on weekdays (and therefore may not be parked there either).

(b) Day-student parking facilities

Students' motor vehicles are restricted to the parking facilities provided for students. An authorised official may at any time request a person who uses this parking are to present his/her student card. H17, H18, H29 and H30 have been allocated as student parking.

(c) Prinshof premises

Motor vehicles belonging to students in the Faculties of Health Sciences are permitted into the premises on the basis of the students' identity cards. When a student departs in a motor vehicle, he or she must also present a student card or parking disc on request to an authorised official.

(d) Clinical premises

Vehicles belonging to students are not allowed into this area. Motor-cycles and bicycles may be parked in the shed provided for students.

(e) Faculty of Veterinary Science premises

Students are issued with a parking disc on request and they obtain entry to the parking area on the basis of a parking disc and their student card. All students leaving the premises must also present their student card on request to the authorised official on duty at the gate.

4. University vehicles

University vehicles are permitted to enter University premises on the basis of the personnel card of the driver, provided he or she is a member of staff. Other University vehicles are permitted to enter and leave on the grounds of a letter of authorisation by the relevant head of the section/department verifying the identity of the driver of the vehicle in question.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

24

5. Visitors

The motor vehicle of a visitor is permitted to enter University premises only after a temporary parking permit for the vehicle has been issued and displayed by placing it on a visible place on the motor vehicle or onto the handle of the motorcycle. The motor vehicle of a visitor is allowed to leave the premises of the University only at the handing in of the temporary parking permit. Visitors may park only on specified visitors’ parking areas and not underneath carports.

D. TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

1. The general speed limit is 35 km/h. However, the driver of a motor

vehicle must reduce speed when required (e.g. when pedestrians are crossing or when the view is limited) to adapt to the circumstances prevailing on the premises of the University.

2. All road traffic signs must be obeyed at all times.

3. Motorcycles of students are not allowed to be driven inside the premises

of the West Campus. (The bicycle sheds and parking areas for motorcycles of students can be reached directly from the streets surrounding the West Campus. Entrance to the bicycle shed beneath the Human Sciences build-ing is possible only through the main entrance gate in Lynnwood Road.) Motorcycles may only be parked in the sheds provided for that purpose.

4. No bicycles are allowed on the pathways of the University premises.

5. Motor vehicles and bicycles are allowed only on official roadways.

6. These regulations apply to all University premises.

E. PARKING REGULATIONS 1. General

(a) Parking on University premises is permitted only on areas officially allocated for the parking of various vehicles.

(b) Since parking space on the various campuses is limited, the allocation of

parking bays is done by zoning. A staff member/student is only permitted to the parking zone for which the parking disc is valid.

(c) Persons not in possession of valid parking discs are not allowed to park

on visitors' parking areas unless directed by an authorised official to that parking bay.

General Information

25

(d) The following are considered to be parking or traffic offences and will be dealt with as explained in par 1.1-5:

(i) Parking on lawns, sports fields and paving; (ii) Parking in driveways; (iii) Parking on yellow lines, red lines or loading zones; (iv) Parking on unauthorised parking areas or no-parking areas as

well as areas reserved for disabled persons; (v) Double parking; (vi) Ignoring stop signs; (vii) Parking in breach of residential contract; (viii) Parking without a valid parking disc/temporary parking permit, on

the windscreen of the motorcar or in an approved disc holder of a motorcycle, on University parking area(s) where a parking disc/temporary parking permit is required.

2. Besides the above general provisions, the following specific arrangements

apply to the various premises (also after hours and during holidays).

(a) Motor vehicles

(i) Main Campus

Students' motor vehicles and motorcycles are not permitted on the Main Campus unless a valid parking disc can be shown.

Parking areas H17, H29, H30, Lunnon Rd and P5 are allocated to students. The cars of students shall at all times be restricted to these parking areas and to lawful parking along the roads.

To ensure the flow of traffic, paid parking is available at H18.

Parking areas H20, H18 and H31 are reserved for the cars (with parking discs) of students living in women's residences.

Motorcycles and bicycles may only be parked in the sheds provided for that purpose.

Students may park on authorized parking areas (not underneath carports) if their student card can be shown.

(ii) Prinshof premises

Motor vehicles belonging to students in the Faculty of Health Sciences (Medicine and Dentistry) are allowed on the premises on the basis of a parking disc and their identity cards. When a student leaves in a motor vehicle, he or she must also show their identity card on request to an authorised official. All other students are allowed into the area as visitors only.

P3101 and P3103 are for the use of students only. P3104 is demarcated for staff members and students as indicated

by the applicable signboards. Motorcycles and bicycles may only be parked in the sheds and

other areas provided for that purpose

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

26

(iii) Clinical premises

No vehicles belonging to students are allowed into this area. Motorcycles and bicycles may be parked in the shed provided for students.

(iv) Faculty of Veterinary Science premises

Students are issued with a parking disc on request and obtain

entry to the parking area on the grounds of the parking disc and their student cards. All students leaving the area must produce their student cards on request to the guard on duty at the gate.

Parking to the east of the Sir Arnold Theiler Building (V3) is allocated to students.

Motorcycles and bicycles may only be parked in the sheds and other areas provided for that purpose.

(v) Sports grounds

Parking is restricted to the official parking areas. Parking on embankments and sports fields is prohibited.

(vi) Residences

Residents of university residences park according to the parking arrangements described in the residence regulations which must be considered an addendum to this regulation. The onus is on the students to get hold of the necessary regulations.

(b) Motorcycles

Staff members are permitted to park their motorcycles in all parking sheds or other parking areas provided on University premises for the parking of motorcycles.

Students are permitted to park their motorcycles in sheds only and on areas specifically allocated for the parking of students' motorcycles.

(c) Bicycles

Bicycles may be parked only in bicycle sheds or other areas specifically provided for that purpose.

Bicycles left at places other than those specifically provided, will be removed at the risk and cost of the owner and will be taken to the Head: Security Services. Offenders will be dealt with according to the disciplinary regulations of the University.

Bicycles obstructing emergency exits or bicycles locked to security gates, will be removed and taken to the Head: Security Services, at the cost and risk of their owners.

Bicycles not claimed within three months will be confiscated and sold by the University.

General Information

27

3. Temporary structures

No temporary structures serving as sheltered carports are permitted on University premises.

4. Visitors

Visitors are allowed to park on visitors' parking only.

F. REMOVAL OR DAMAGE TO ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNS AND MARKS

Any act of this nature is considered to be a serious offence for which no admission of guilt arrangement will be accepted, as removal or damage to road traffic signs may lead to serious accidents causing injury and even loss of lives. If a person is caught and accused of any of these charges, he or she will have to appear in court directly.

G. APPLICATION BY INDIVIDUALS OR ORGANISATIONS WITH REGARD

TO USE OF MUNICIPAL PROPERTY

In the event of any road-running, treasure-hunt, bicycle race or any other proceeding that must take place on a public road or where the air space of the municipality will be used, permission must be obtained from the municipality timeously.

H. CONTRAVENTION OF TRAFFIC AND PARKING REGULATIONS

Non-compliance with the traffic and parking regulations of the University constitutes an offence. Such offenders render themselves liable to action in terms of the disciplinary provisions of the University as well as to criminal charges in terms of the Control of Access to Public Premises and Vehicles Act, Act 53 of 1985. Offenders are dealt with according to regulations set by the Council, as published in the Government Gazette, 18 October 1996 nr 17497, p 19, par. 26. The following are considered to be parking or traffic offences for which the fines* indicated can be imposed:

(a) Offences with motor vehicles (including motorcycles, scooters and

mopeds):

Parking on campus without valid parking disc R50-00 Parking in driveways and in front of gates as well as areas where parking is not allowed such as paved areas

R50-00

Double parking R50-00 Parking on reserved areas or on loading zones R50-00 Abuse of parking disc R50-00 Parking on lawns and sports fields R50-00 Parking on parking bays reserved for the disabled R80-00 All offences with bicycles R15-00 Failure to stop at stop signs R60-00

*These amounts are subject to change.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

28

(b) Bicycles left at places other than those specifically provided, will be removed at the risk and cost of the owner and will be taken to the Security Services division. The University cannot be held responsible for any damages caused for the owner through this action. Bicycles not claimed within three months will be confiscated and sold by the University.

(c) Removal or damage of road traffic signs and marks are serious offences

for which no admission of guilt arrangement will be accepted.

* When a fine as indicated above is imposed, representation can be made to the Head: Security Services. If a person is not satisfied with the outcome of the representation, he or she can request a hearing before the Traffic Tribunal to have the alleged offence adjudicated. An appeal against the decision of the Traffic Tribunal can be lodged with the Committee for Discipline (Students) within 10 days of the ruling.

I. PROCEDURE IN THE EVENT OF PARKING OFFENCES

1. When a motor vehicle is parked contradictory to the University regulations, an authorised official hands a document to the driver of the vehicle. If the driver is absent, the document will be attached onto the vehicle in a place where it will be clearly visible.

2. In the abovementioned document the offence will be clearly defined and the

driver of the vehicle notified that he or she must, prior to a specific date mentioned in the document, pay the amount indicated in the document as a fine at a certain place to a certain official, or otherwise personally put an oral request to the Head: Security Services or his representative explaining why (a) he or she is not guilty to the offence in question; or (b) the amount of the fine needs to be reduced.

3. The driver of the vehicle is also notified in the document of the fact that should

he or she fail to react timeously to the notice, the Traffic Tribunal may impose the cost of the tracing fee as well as a fine for no reaction from the alleged offender.

4. A copy of the mentioned document is also made available to the official to

whom the fine is paid. The official mentioned keeps a register of all parking offences with complete particulars of fines paid, of any representations relating to offences submitted, as well as the result of such representations.

5. Representations are considered by the Head: Security Services.

(a) The person concerned is notified that a decision has been taken:

(i) to acquit the person the full amount of the fine; or (ii) to reduce the fine and to allow that payment of the outstanding

amount be made on a fixed date; or (iii) not to sustain the representations and that the amount of the fine be

paid in full prior to a previously fixed date.

General Information

29

(b) The person is also notified that should he or she be dissatisfied with the result of the representations, a date for a hearing before the Traffic Tribunal may be requested to adjudicate the alleged offence. The person must immediately indicate whether such a hearing would be desirable.

(c) Should a person request a hearing, a date for hearing is determined and a document co-signed by the Head: Security Services, or an official authorised by him, and the person concerned, is handed to the person In this document the person is notified of the date, time and place of the hearing of the Traffic Tribunal.

(d) If a fine is not paid before the date fixed in terms of paragraph I.2 or paragraph I.5(a)(iii) and (b), the Head: Security Services notifies the Traffic Tribunal.

6. Traffic Tribunal

(a) All traffic cases referred to the TrafficTribunal by the Head: Security

Services are tried by a Traffic Tribunal which consists of a minimum of two members of the Faculty of Law.

(b) The Traffic Tribunal has the power to

(i) increase or confirm or reduce the fine imposed on a person, or to stipulate that the outstanding amount be paid before a certain previously fixed date;

(ii) acquit a person of the payment of the fine; (iii) impose a fine to the maximum, as stipulated in paragraph I.7(d), for

neglecting to obey an order in terms of I.6(b)(i), or for neglecting to appear in the Traffic Tribunal on a day determined for the hearing, or for any action that amounts to contempt of the Traffic Tribunal;

(iv) charge the tracing costs as well as impose a fine for neglecting to react to the document mentioned in paragraph (I.1-4) (the maximum fine is stipulated in paragraph 1.7(d)); or

(v) institute legal procedures in terms of the Disciplinary Committee if a person continues to contravene the traffic regulations.

(c) Procedures in the Traffic Tribunal remain inquisitorial and rules of Law of

Evidence do not apply.

(d) Neither legal representation nor cross-examination is permitted. (e) The University authorities are represented by the Head: Security

Services or a person assigned by him.

(f) The Traffic Tribunal may give hearing to any witness, at the request of any person concerned.

(g) In circumstances mentioned in paragraph I.7(a), the Traffic Tribunal may

conduct a hearing in the absence of the offender.

(h) All witnesses are cross-examined under oath or must make a solemn statement to tell the truth.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

30

(i) The proceedings in the Traffic Tribunal are tape-recorded and are kept in a safe place for one year following the trial.

(j) The ruling of the Traffic Tribunal can be referred to the Disciplinary

Committee on internal appeal within 10 days after the finding of the Tribunal by submitting the grounds for appeal in writing to the Registrar.

(k) Unless ordered otherwise on a sound basis, the session of the Traffic

Tribunal takes place in public.

7. Absence

(a) If a person does not at all react to the document mentioned in paragraph I.1 or on order of the Head: Security Services, the Traffic Tribunal may grant a trial to such a person on the basis of a submission by the Head: Security Services, in his or her absence and the powers of the Traffic Tribunal take effect in terms of paragraph I.6.(b). The same procedure applies when a person neglects to appear on the day stipulated for the trial in terms of paragraphs I.5(a)(iii) and I.7(a).

(b) When the Traffic Tribunal imposes a fine in terms of paragraphs I.5(a)

and I.7(a) in the absence of the offender, a notice is sent to the person by the Head: Security Services, in which he or she is informed of the fine imposed on him or her in their absence, and which informs the person that unless he or she is able to provide sound reasons to the Traffic Tribunal on the day, time and place stipulated in the notice, the imposed fine will automatically be confirmed and dealt with as stipulated in paragraph I.7(c).

(c) Any fine imposed in terms of these rules which remains outstanding for a

period of 14 days following the day stipulated for payment in terms of these rules, will be charged to the University account or salary of the person and he or she will not receive credit for subjects passed during that year prior to the final settlement of the account.

(d) The amount payable in respect of parking offences and the maximum

fine the Traffic Tribunal may impose in terms of these rules, is stipulated annually by the Vice-Chancellor and Principal in consultation with other members of the Disciplinary Committee but will not exceed R200,00.

(e) The person in charge of the vehicle at the time of the parking offences

considered the driver of the vehicle, unless evidence to the contrary is provided.

3. TERMINATION OF STUDIES 3.1 A student who decides to terminate his or her studies during the course of the academic

year, must notify the University in writing and the notification (on the official form) of the termination of studies must be handed in at the Client Service Centre. The termination of specific modules must be done at the relevant faculty administration.

3.2 The date on which the University receives the notification from the student will be considered to be the date on which studies are terminated.

General Information

31

3.3 If a student terminates his or her studies after the first Tuesday in June, or notice to this effect is received by the University after this date, the student shall be considered to have registered for the full academic year and to have failed. It is therefore in the interest of the student to notify the University without delay that he or she is terminating their studies

4. MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION In conducting its business, the University uses two official languages, namely Afrikaans

and English. The medium of instruction in formal education is either Afrikaans or English or both languages in accordance with the demand and its academic and economic justification.

However, it remains the student's responsibility to determine each year in which

language and at which levels courses are presented. In respect of administrative and other services, a student may choose whether the University should communicate with him or her in Afrikaans or English.

5. ACADEMIC DRESS AT GRADUATION CEREMONIES

1. DOCTOR'S DEGREE Gown: A ruby gown (Cambridge model) with a 15 cm band in the Faculty

colour on the front panel. Cap: A ruby beret (Utrecht model) with the tassel in the faculty colour. Hood: A maroon hood lined in the Faculty colour (Oxford model) with a

7,5 cm-border in the Faculty colour.

2. MASTER'S DEGREE Gown: A black gown (Cambridge model). Cap: A flat square black beret with the tassel in the faculty colour. Hood: A black hood lined in the faculty colour, with a 7,5 cm-border in the

faculty colour.

3. HONOURS DEGREE Gown: A black gown as for bachelor's degrees. Cap: A flat square black beret with the tassel in the faculty colour. Hood: As for bachelor's degrees but hemmed with a 2 cm-band of the base

material (grey).

4. BACHELOR'S DEGREE (a) General Gown: A black gown (Cambridge model). Cap: A flat square black beret with the tassel in the faculty colour. Hood: A grey hood with a 7,5 cm-edging in the faculty colour.

(b) Bachelor of Divinity and Bachelor of Education Gown: A black gown as for bachelor's degrees. Cap: A flat black square beret with the tassel in the faculty colour. Hood: As for bachelor's degrees but with a 2 cm-edge in the base

material (grey).

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

32

5. DIPLOMAS Gown: A black gown (Cambridge model). Cap: A flat square black beret with a black tassel. Hood: A 12 cm wide hood band made of Cashmere fabric in the

prescribed faculty colours, with a V-form neck piece with a 5 cm grey strip in the centre of the neck piece for all diplomas.

Note: Persons in the SANDF, SAPS, etc. who wish to attend the graduation ceremony in uniform, may do so subject to the following conditions: (i) The gown must be worn, but not the beret. (ii) The cap must not be donned.

6. FACULTY COLOURS

FACULTY COLOUR

1. Humanities School of Languages School of Social Sciences School of Arts

Orange Orange Orange

2. Natural and Agricultural Sciences School of Mathematical Sciences School of Physical Sciences School of Biological Sciences School of Agricultural Sciences

Green Green Green Green

3. Law Scarlet

4. Theology Purple

5. Economic and Management Sciences

Dark blue

6. Veterinary Science Salmon

7. Education

School of Educational Studies

School of Teacher Training

Old gold

8. Health Sciences School of Medicine School of Health Care Sciences School of Pathology Sciences School of Health Systems and

Public Health School of Dentistry

Peacock blue Peacock blue Peacock blue Peacock blue Peacock blue

9. Engineering, Built Environment and Information Technology School of Engineering School for the Built Environment School of Information Technology

Turquoise Turquoise Turquoise

General Information

33

7. STUDENT IDENTITY CARDS

It is compulsory for students to wear their identity cards conspicuously. 8. DISTRIBUTION OF PUBLICATIONS

With the exception of publications that have been officially approved, no publication may be distributed on the campus without the prior approval of the Principal.

9. DRESS

It is expected of students of the University of Pretoria to be dressed neatly and appropriately on the campus at all times. Deans may prescribe the appropriate dress for students in their faculties.

Conditions regarding the use of the University crest and the wearing of University colours are contained in the Corporate Identity Guide of the University and relevant regulations that the SRC may lay down in this regard.

It is the responsibility of students, lecturers and the SRC to ensure that the presciptions and regulations concerned are fulfilled.

10. LOST PROPERTY

Enquiries regarding lost property should be made at Security Services, R 2-56 in the Administration Building.

11. PARTICIPATION IN SPORT

An undergraduate student may not participate in sport at a representative level at any other club than that of the University, provided that the Dean of Students or his authorised representative may grant a student permission to participate in sport at representative level at another club, subject to the conditions he laid down.

12. DISABLED STUDENTS

Parents and students are requested to communicate with the division of Student Support 420 2333 regarding all matters concerning disabled students.

13. USE OF CITY COUNCIL PROPERTY

The permission of the City Council must be obtained when property of the Council is entered or the air space above Pretoria is used for the execution of any student activity.

14. EVACUATION OF LECTURE HALLS/LABORATORIES

During the evacuation of a lecture hall/laboratory, whether during drills or in the case of real emergencies, the students in the hall shall be under the direct control of the lecturer concerned who shall be responsible for the orderly evacuation of the premises. The successful execution of an evacuation is dependent upon the full co-operation of everyone involved.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

34

The following suggestions are of particular importance: Remain calm and do not panic. Move quickly but do not run. Do not use the lifts. Use the main stairs or the fire-escape to get out of the building. If the escape route is already filled with smoke, crouch as low as possible

since there is more fresh air closer to the floor. Avoid touching electrical equipment, switches and exposed wires.

15. NON-COMPLIANCE OF RULES AND REGULATIONS

A student who fails to comply with the rules and regulations of the University or who fails to carry out a lawful assignment or instruction is guilty of misconduct, which can result in the student(‘s):

(a) being refused admission to lectures/practical sessions; (b) being refused admission to examinations; (c) examination results being withheld; (d) being denied a certificate of conduct; (e) degree or a diploma certificate being withheld; (f) being refused readmission for the following term; (g) accommodation in a residence being terminated; (h) being held responsible for interest on all outstanding amounts at an interest rate

equal to the prime interest rate of the University’s bankers as at 1 February of the year concerned; and

(i) in serious cases, being expelled immediately from the University for a definite or an indefinite period.

A student’s non-fulfilment of his or her financial obligations towards the University does not constitute misconduct as intended in the disciplinary code and procedures of the University. However, the University is entitled to take all the above actions, except the action intended in paragraph (i).

General Information

1

MAP OF THE MAIN CAMPUS

Entrance: Corner of Lynnwood and Roper Streets

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

MAP of Main Campus p1.

General Information

3

MAP of Main Campus p2.

Humanities

1

Divider Page

Orange (Humanities)

Humanities

1

FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

MAMELODI CAMPUS Please Note:

The information contained in this Calendar is subject to a continuous process of review. The University therefore reserves the right to make alterations to the information contained in this Calendar without prior notice.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

RULES FOR THE FACULTY OF HUMANITIES FOR QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED AT THE MAMELODI CAMPUS Programmes The following programmes are offered in 2004 in the Faculty of: Humanities:

Minimum duration

Qualification (in years) Code Foundation Programme: Foundation Course in Humanities 1 FCH Bachelor’s Degrees: Baccalaureus Artium 3 BA Baccalaureus Artium Educationis* 4 BAED* Honours Degrees: Baccalaureus Artium Honores* 1 BAHONS* Bachelor of Psychology 1 BPSYCH Master’s Degrees: Magister Artium* 2 MA* Magister Artium (Course Work) 2 MA (CW) * No new intake in 2004 Please consult the list of new and old subject codes at the end of this calendar. I. UNDERGRADUATE A. FOUNDATION COURSE IN HUMANITIES (CODE: 01189901) A1 Admission The Foundation Course in Humanities is a one-year programme for students without matriculation exemption. Applicants must write an aptitude test, and will also be expected to participate in academic development programmes. A2 Duration of study The duration of study is one academic year. A3 General structure of the course The curriculum consists of the following: 1. ENG 193 Communication Skills for Law Students or ENG 194 Reading & Writing Skills and ENG 195 Language Skills Development 2. LPR 191 Language Proficiency in English

Humanities

3

3. MFA 191 Foundation Mathematics 4. SOC 194 Writing about the Social World 5. EUC 191 End User Computing 6. PSY 193 Learning, Memory & Perception: Study Skills Students who pass a minimum of 80% of the courses will be admitted to degree studies in the Faculty of Humanities. B. BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM (CODE: 01139903) B1 Duration of study The minimum duration of study is three years. B2 General structure of the degree The BA degree is a general degree. A variety of subject combinations may be taken, provided that a minimum of 36 credits at NQF Level 6 shall be taken from at least one of the following fields of study: Afrikaans, English, History, Psychology, Sociology, African Languages. In this particular curriculum description the letters C and E denote the following information in the blocks: the letter C next to a module means that it is compulsory in the particular block. Example: Accounting on level 5 offers four modules, ACC 193, ACC 194, ACC 195 and ACC 196. They are blocked together and all marked C. This means that the student has to take all four modules indicated in the Accounting block on level 5 to get credit for Accounting on level 5. The letter E next to a module indicates that the student has a choice between that module and some other modules in the particular block. Example: Business Management offers 5 modules on level 5. Two modules, BMA 191 and BMA 192, are compulsory and marked C. The rest are marked E. From them, the student chooses any two. A reference like “min 2" or “min 4" under the subject heading in the block denotes the minimum number of modules required for full credit for that particular block on the particular level in order to progress to the next level. Please consult the list of new and old subject codes at the end of this calendar.

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR

Module Code

Cre

dit

s L

evel

5

C/E

Module Code

Cre

dit

s L

evel

5.5

C/E

Accounting (min 4)

ACC 193 ACC 194 ACC 195 ACC 196

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Accounting (min 4)

ACC 291 ACC 292 ACC 293 ACC 294

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR

Afrikaans (min 2)

AFR 191 AFR 192

18 18

C C

Afrikaans (min 2)

AFR 291 AFR 294

18 18

C C

Business Manage-ment (min 4)

BMA 191 BMA 192

BMA 193 BMA 195 BMA 197

BMA 194 BMA 196 BMA 198

8 8

8

8

C C E E

Business Management (min 4)

BMA 291 BMA 292

BMA 295 BMA 299

BMA 298 BMB 290

8 8

8

8

C C E E

Computer Science & Information Technology (min 4)

CIT 191 CIT 192 CIT 193 CIT 194

12 8

12 8

C C C C

---

---

Commercial Law (min 4)

COL 191 COL 192 COL 193 COL 194

5 5 5 5

C C C C

Commercial Law (min 3)

COL 291 COL 292 COL 293

10 3 7

C C C

Economics (min 4)

ECO 191 ECO 195

ECO 192 ECO 196

ECO 193 ECO 197

ECO 194

8

8

8

8

E E E C

Economics (min 4)

ECO 291 or ECO 295 or ECO 297

ECO 296

or ECP 290

ECO 293 or ECO 298 or ECP 291

ECO 294

or ECO 299 or ECP 292

8 8 8

8 8

8 8 8

8 8 8

E E E E E E E E E E E

Education (min 2)

EDU 191 EDU 192

18 18

C C

Education (min 2)

EDU 291 EDU 292

18 18

C C

English (Refer to Rule B3(7) below)

ENG 191 ENG 192 ENG 194 ENG 195

18 18

9 9

E E E E

English (min 2)

ENG 291 ENG 292

18 18

C C

Humanities

5

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR

ENG 196 ENG 197 ENG 198 ENG 199 ENH 190 ENH 191

9 9 9 9 9 9

E E E E E E

End User Computing

EUC 191 16 C ---

Geography (min 4)

GGR 191 GGR 192 GGR 193 GGR 194

10 10 10 10

C C C C

Geography (min 4)

GGR 291 GGR 292 GGR 293 GGR 294

10 10 10 10

C C C C

History (min 4)

HIS 195 HIS 197 HIS 198 HIS 199

9 9 9 9

C C C C

History (min 4)

HIS 292 HIS 293 HIS 296 HIT 290

9 9 9 9

C C C C

Industrial Psychology (min 4)

IPS 191 IPS 192 IPS 193 IPS 194

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Industrial Psychology (min 4)

IPS 291 IPS 292 IPS 293 IPS 294

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Municipal Admin (min 4)

MNA 191 MNA 192 MNA 193 MNA 194

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Municipal Admin (min 4)

MNA 291 MNA 292 MNA 293 MNA 294

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Note: MPR 191 and 192 may not be taken in the same year as MAT 191-194

Mathematics (min 4)

**MAT 191 **MAT 192 **MAT 193 **MAT 194

10 10 10 10

C C C C

Mathematics (min 3)

**MAT 291 **MAT 292 **MAT 293

20 10 20

C C C

N Sotho Sotho Lang (min 2)

NSO 193 NSO 194

18 18

C C

N Sotho Sotho Lang (min 2)

NSO 293 NSO 294

18 18

C C

Public Admin (min 4)

PBA 191 PBA 192 PBA 193 PBA 194

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Public Admin (min 4)

PBA 291 PBA 292 PBA 293 PBA 294

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR

Political Science (min 4)

PLS 191 PLS 192 PLS 193 PLS 194

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Political Science (min 4)

PLS 291 PLS 292 PLS 293 PLS 294

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Private Law (min 5)

PRL 191 PRL 192 PRL 193 PRL 194 PRL 195

12 12

6 6

10

C C C C C

Private Law (min 4)

PRL 291 PRL 292 PRL 293 PRL 294

10 10

5 5

C C C C

Psychology (min 4)

PSY 191 PSY 192 PSY 193 PSY 194 PSY 195

18 4 5 9 9

C C C E C

Psychology (min 4)

PSY 291 or PSY 292

PSY 293 PSY 294 PSY 295

PSY 296

or PSY 297

9 9

9 9 9

9 9

E E C C E E E

Sociology (min 4)

SOC 191 SOC 192 SOC 193 SOC 194

9 9 9 9

C C C C

Sociology (min 4)

SOC 291 SOC 292

SOC 293

or SOC 294

SOC 295

9 9

9 9

9

C C E E C

Statistics (min 5)

STA 191 STA 195 STA 192 STA 193 STA 194

9 4 9 9 9

C C C C C

---

Statistical Methods (min 2)

MFA 191 STM 191

16 16

C C

---

Tswana Sotho Lang (min 2)

TSW 193 TSW 194

18 18

C C

Tswana Sotho Lang (min 2)

TSW 293 TSW 294

18 18

C C

Humanities

7

THIRD YEAR

Afrikaans (min 2)

AFR 391 AFR 394

18 18

C C

Business Management (min 4)

BMA 391 BMA 393 BMA 394

BMA 395

or BMA 397

8 8 8

8 8

C C C E E

Commercial Law (min 3)

COL 391 COL 392 COL 393

8 7 5

C C C

Economics (min 4)

ECO 391 or ECO 396

ECO 392

or ECO395

ECO 393 or ECO 397

ECO 394 ECO 398

8 8

8 8

8 8

8 8

E E E E E E E E

Education (min 2)

EDU 391 EDU 392

18 18

C C

English (min 2)

ENG 391 ENG 392

18 18

C C

Geography (min 4)

GGR 391 GGR 392 GGR 393 GGR 394

10 10 10 10

C C C E

History (min 4)

HIS 391 HIS 392 HIS 393 HIS 394

9 9 9 9

C C C C

Industrial Psychology (min 4)

IPS 391 IPS 392 IPS 393 IPS 394

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Mathematics (min 4)

**MAT 391 **MAT 392 **MAT 393 **MAT 394

10 10 10 10

C C C C

Municipal Admin (min 4)

MNA 391 MNA 392 MNA 393 MNA 394

8 8 8 8

C C C C

N Sotho Sotho Lang (min 2)

NSO 393 NSO 394

or NSO 395

18 18 18

C E E

Public Admin (min 4)

PBA 391 PBA 392 PBA 393 PBA 394 PBA 395

8 8 8 8 8

C C E E E

Political Science (min 4)

PLS 391 PLS 392 PLS 393 PLS 394

8 8 8 8

C C C C

Private Law (min 40 credits)

PRL 391 PRL 392 PRL 393

10 10

5

E E E

Psychology (min 4)

PSY 391 PSY 392

9 9

C C

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

THIRD YEAR

PRL 394 PRL 395 PRL 396

10 10

5

E E E

PSY 393 or PSY 394

PSY 395

9 9

9

E E C

Sociology (min 4)

SOC 391 SOC 392 SOC 394 SOC 396

9 9 9 9

C E C E

Tswana Sotho Lang (min 2)

TSW 393 TSW 394 TSW 395

18 18 18

C E E

** Refer to Rule B3(1)(a) below B3 Restrictions on selection of modules The curriculum shall consist of at least 360 credits of which 72 must be at NQF level 6.0 and 108 at NQF level 5.5 1. A prerequisite for:

**(a) Mathematics at NQF level 5.0 is at least a C symbol Higher Grade or Mathematics: Pre-calculus (MPR 191 and MPR 192) as additional credits.

(b) Statistics at NQF level 5.0 is at least an E symbol Higher Grade Mathematics (Grade 12) or at least a D symbol in Standard Grade Mathematics or Mathematics: Pre-calculus (MPR 191 and MPR 192).

(c) Statistical Methods at NQF level 5.0 is at least a matriculation pass in Mathematics. 2. Either Statistics on NQF level 5 or Statistical Methods on NQF level 5 will be recognised for

the purpose of this degree. 3. A prerequisite for any one of the

(a) Nguni Languages is a first language Higher Grade pass in an Nguni Language at Matriculation level.

(b) Sotho Languages is a first language Higher Grade pass in a Sotho Language at Matriculation level.

4. Credit shall be given for subjects in only one of the following Nguni and Sotho Languages: Northern Sotho, Southern Sotho, Tsonga, Tswana, Venda, Xhosa and Zulu

5. The module mark for Psychology modules at NQF Level 5.0 (first year level), NQF Level 5.5 (second year level) and NQF level 6 (third year level) is composed of 100% for the written assignment, practicals, tests and other forms of assessment as determined by the Department of Psychology.

6. Learners (students) may be allowed to proceed to the next NQF Level in psychology if such learners fail one module of not more than 9 credits of the previous NQF Level in Psychology.

7. Pre-requisites for ENG 291 and ENG 292 shall be ENG 191 and ENG 192. Learners who intend to take English at a higher level must therefore take ENG 191 and ENG 192

C. BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM EDUCATIONIS (CODE: 01139904)

No new intake in 2004.

C1 Duration of study The minimum duration of study for a BAEd degree is four academic years.

Humanities

9

C2 General structure of the degree Please note: the BA subjects listed here under BAEd are all elective subjects for this qualification. Please refer to B.2 for a complete specification of the BA subjects per subject block.

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR

Module Code

Credits Level 5

C/E

Module Code

Credits Level 5.5

C/E

Accounting ACC 19* Accounting ACC 29*

Afrikaans AFR 19* Afrikaans AFR 29*

Business Management

BMA 19* Business Management

BMA 29*

Computer Science & Information Technology

CIT 19*

Commercial Law

COL 19* Commercial Law

COL 29*

Economics ECO 19* Economics ECO 29* ECP 29*

Education EDU 191 EDU 192

18 18

C C

Education EDU 291 EDU 292

18 18

C C

English ENG 19* ENH 19*

English ENG 29*

Geography GGR 19* Geography GGR 29*

History HIS 19* History HIS 29* HIT 29*

Mathematics **MAT 19* Mathematics **MAT 29*

N Sotho Sotho Lang

NSO 19* N Sotho Sotho Lang

NS029*

--- Practical Teaching 1

PRT 191 8 C

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

10

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR

Psychology PSY 19* Psychology PSY 29*

Sociology SOC 19* Sociology SOC 29*

Statistics STA 19* ---

Statistical Methods

STM 19* ---

Tswana Sotho Lang

TSW 19* Tswana Sotho Lang

TSW 29*

THIRD YEAR

Afrikaans AFR 39* Business Management

BMA 39*

Economics EC 39* Education EDU 391 EDU 392

18 18

C C

English ENG 39* Geography GGR 39*

History HIS 39* Mathematics **MAT 39*

N Sotho Sotho Lang

NSO 39* Practical Teaching 2

PRT 192 8 C

Psychology PSY 39* Sociology SOC 39*

Tswana Sotho Lang

TSW 39*

FOURTH YEAR

Practical Teaching 3

PRT 193 8 C English Lang Proficiency

LPR 191 16 C

Education Professional Studies

EPS 191 EPS 192

16 16

C C

End User Computing

EUC 191 16 E

Orientation to Media Centres

OMC 192 16 E Sports Admin & Officiating

SAO 192 16 E

Humanities

11

FOURTH YEAR

Subject Methodology

... 39.. ... 39..

16 16

C C

Taalvaardig-heid

TVR 192 16 E

LNN 192, LTW 192 16 E

C3 Restriction on selection of modules 1. A prerequisite for:

**(a) Mathematics at NQF level 5.0 is at least a C symbol Higher Grade or Mathematics: Pre-calculus (MPR 191 and MPR 192) as additional credits.

(b) Statistics at NQF level 5.0 is at least an E symbol Higher Grade Mathematics (Grade 12) or at least a D symbol in Standard Grade Mathematics or Mathematics: Pre-calculus (MPR 191 and MPR 192).

(c) Statistical Methods at NQF level 5.0 is at least a matriculation pass in Mathematics. 2. Either Statistics on NQF level 5 or Statistical Methods on NQF level 5 will be recognised for

the purpose of this degree. 3. A prerequisite for any one of the

(a) Nguni Languages is a first language Higher Grade pass in an Nguni language at Matriculation level or an equivalent qualification.

(b) Sotho Languages is a first language Higher Grade pass in a Sotho language at Matriculation level or an equivalent qualification.

4. Credit shall be given for subjects in only one of the following Nguni and Sotho Languages: Northern Sotho, Southern Sotho, Tsonga, Tswana, Venda, Xhosa and Zulu.

5. Exemption from a language proficiency subject in a particular language shall be granted to those students who have: (a) passed an NQF level 5.5 module (second year level) in that language; or (b) passed a third year level subject in that language at college level; or (c) passed the language proficiency examination conducted at the beginning of the first

semester. These students shall be entitled to a capital letter endorsement in that specific language.

C4 Completion of curriculum The curriculum shall consist of a minimum of 480 credits of which 72 shall be at NQF Level 6, and shall be structured as follows: First study year (a) Education (EDU 191 and EDU 192) (b) Academic modules per BA subject block at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) (c) Academic modules per BA subject block at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) leading to second-

year level modules (NQF level 5.5) (d) Academic modules per BA subject block at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) leading to second-

year level modules (NQF level 5.5) Second study year (a) Education (EDU 291 and EDU 292) (b) Academic modules per BA subject block at second-year level (NQF level 5.5) (c) Academic modules per BA subject block at second-year level (NQF level 5.5) (d) Academic modules per BA subject block at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) or second-year

level (NQF level 5.5) (e) Practical Teaching (PRT 191)

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

12

Third study year (a) Education (EDU 391 and EDU 392). (b) Academic modules per BA subject block at third-year level (NQF level 6.0) (c) Practical Teaching (PRT 192) Fourth study year (a) A subject approved by the head of the Department of Professional Education on written

application by the student, or Orientation to Media Centres (OMC 192). (b) Language Proficiency in English (LPR 191) and in one of the other approved languages

(LP* 192). (c) One of the following modules:

Orientation to Media Centres (OMC 192) School Music (SMU 192) Sports Administration and Officiating (SAO 192) End User Computing (EUC 191)

(d) Education Professional Studies (EPS 291 and EPS292) (e),(f) Subject Methodology in two of the academic modules passed at second-year level (NQF

level 5.5) (g) Practical Teaching (PRT 193) II. B PSYCH D. BACHELOR OF PSYCHOLOGY

(COMMUNITY COUNSELLOR) (Code: 01139901) D.1 Admission No person shall be considered for registration for the Bachelor of Psychology degree unless he/she holds a Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum of 135 credits in Psychology at NQF levels 5 and 6, or equivalent, and meets the selection criteria as determined by the Department of Psychology and the Professional Board for Psychology. Rule G17 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus is also applicable.

D.2 Duration of the study The minimum duration of study is one year. D.3 General structure of the degree

MODULE

Code Name

Credits

Module Type: (C)ore (E)lective

PSY 791 Knowledge Creation: Epistemology 9 C

PSY 796 Support Counselling 18 C

PSY 797 Basic Multi-contextual Counselling 18 C

PSY 793 Psychometric Assessment 36 C

Humanities

13

PSY 794 Applied Community Psychology Project 36 C

EUC 191 End User Computing 16 C

D.4. Curriculum 1. The curriculum consists of all six (6) modules. 2. The final mark in each module is composed of 100% of written assignments, practicals,

projects, tasks and other forms of continuous assessment as determined by the Department of Psychology.

3. Learners wishing to register as Counsellors with the Professional Board for Psychology are required to complete 600 hours of supervised practical (or whatever number of hours stipulated by the Professional Board for Psychology.)

4. PSY 296 is a pre-requisite module for PSY 797. PSY 294 is a pre-requisite module for PSY 794.

E. BACHELOR OF PSYCHOLOGY

(PSYCHOLOGY COUNSELLOR : HIV / AIDS) (Code: 01139901) E1 Admission No person shall be considered for registration for the Bachelor of Psychology degree unless he/she holds a Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum of 135 credits in Psychology at NQF levels 5 and 6, or equivalent, and meets the selection criteria as determined by the Department of Psychology and the Professional Board for Psychology.

E.2 Duration of the study The minimum duration of study is one year.

E.3 General structure of the degree

MODULE

Code Name Credit

Module Type

PSY 791 Knowledge Creation: Epistemology 9 C

PSY 796 Support Counselling 18 C

PSY 797 Basic Multi-contextual Counselling 18 C

PSY 792 Neuropsychology 9 C

PSY 794 Applied Community Psychology Project 36 C

SBA 792 Social Behaviour Aspects of HIV/AIDS 18 C

SBA 794 Health Well-being & HIV/AIDS 9 C

SBA 795 Social Response in HIV/AIDS 9 C

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

14

E.4. Curriculum 1. The curriculum consists of all eight (8) core modules. 2. The final mark in each module is composed of 100% of written assignments, practicals,

projects, tasks and other forms of continuous assessment as determined by the Department of Psychology.

3. Learners wishing to register as Counsellors with the Professional Board for Psychology are required to complete 600 hours of supervised practical work (or the required hours as stipulated by the Professional Board for Psychology).

4. PSY 296 is a pre-requisite module for PSY 797. PSY 294 is a pre-requisite module for PSY 794.

III. BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM HONORES DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS F. Endorsement: Economics (Code: 01249905) F1 Admission No new intake in 2004.

F2 Duration of study The minimum duration of study of study is one year.

F3 General structure of the degree

MODULE

Code Name

Credits

Module Type: (F)undamental (C)ore (E)lective

ECO 791 Macro Economics 24 C

ECO 792 Micro Economics 24 C

ECO 793 Development Economics 24 E

ECO 794 Econometrics 24 E

ECO 795 Labour Economics 24 E

ECO 796 Monetary Economics 24 E

ECO 797 Public Sector Economics 24 E

ECO 798 Capita Selecta 24 E

ECO 799 Research Essay 24 C

F4 Curriculum 1. The curriculum consists of five (5) modules. 2. ECO 791, ECO 792 and ECO799 are compulsory modules.

Humanities

15

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION G. Endorsement: Public Administration (CODE: 01249909) G1 Admission No new intake in 2004.

G2 Duration of study The minimum duration of study of study is one year. G3 General structure of the degree

MODULE

Code Name

Credits

Module Type: (C)ore (E)lective

PBA 791 Public Policy 24 C

PBA 792 Public Financing 24 E

PBA 793 Research Methodology 24 E

PBA 794 Public Personnel Administration 24 E

PBA 795 Inter-governmental Relations in SA 24 E

PBA 796 Research Essay 24 C

PBA 797 Municipal Administration 24 E

G.4. Curriculum 1. The curriculum consists of five (5) modules. 2. PBA 791 and PBA 796 are compulsory modules. H. BACCALAUREUS ARTIUM HONORES

(Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS) (Code: 01249911)

H1. Admission No new intake in 2004.

H2 Duration of study The minimum duration of study is one year.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

16

H3 General structure of the degree

MODULE

Code Name

Credits

Module Type: (C)ore (E)lective

ENG 199 Reading & Writing Skills for Business 9 C

EUC 191 End User Computing 16 C

SBA791 Social Behavioural Research in HIV/AIDS 18 C

SBA 792 Social Behaviour Aspects of HIV/AIDS 18 C

SBA 793 HIV/AIDS Programme Management 18 C

PSY 796 Support Counselling 18 C

SBA 794 Health Well-Being and HIV/AIDS 9 E

SBA 795 Social Response in HIV/AIDS 9 E

EDU 794 HIV/AIDS Education 12 E

EDU 795 Sexuality Education and Life Skills 12 E

SBA 796 Research Project in HIV/AIDS 84 C

SBA797 Behaviour Change Communication & HIV/AIDS 9 E

SBA798 Spirituality, Social Behaviour & HIV/AIDS 9 E

SBA799 Comparative Historical Studies in HIV/AIDS 9 E

H4 Curriculum 1. The curriculum consists of all the core modules plus any one elective module. 2. The research essay (SBA796) shall have a final report/essay of 20 000 words which will be

submitted for final competency assessment. 3. Learners who complete the programme in two years are required to complete SBA791, SBA

792 and PSY 796 in the first year of study. 4. Registered learners must provide proof of being actively involved with an existing

organisation or social movement in the HIV/AIDS field. Learners are expected through various assessment activities to report back on their experience working in the HIV/AIDS field.

Humanities

17

IV. MAGISTER ARTIUM I. MAGISTER ARTIUM

Endorsements: AFRIKAANS (Code: 01259902) AFR 891 ECONOMICS (Code: 01259905) ECO 891 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (Code: 0125999) PBA 891

I1 Admission No new intake in 2004.

I2 Duration of study The minimum duration of study is two years

I3 Curriculum The curriculum consists of a dissertation in the chosen field of study.

J. MAGISTER ARTIUM (COURSE WORK)

Endorsement: Counselling Psychology (Code: 01259911)) J1 Admission No person shall be considered for registration for the Magister Artium (Course Work) (Counselling Psychology) unless he/she holds a Bachelor’s degree (Honours) in Psychology or equivalent qualification, and meets the selection criteria as determined by the Department of Psychology.

J2 Duration of study The minimum duration of study is two years

J3 General structure of degree

MODULE

Code Name

Credits

Module Type: (C)ore (E)lective

PSY 892 Advanced Psychodiagnostics 36 C

PSY 893 Advanced Psychological Assessment 36 C

PSY 894 Multi-Contextual Counselling 36 C

PSY 895 Applied Research Methods 18 C

PSY 896 Professional Issues in Psychology 9 C

PSY 897 Developmental Psychology 9 C

PSY 898 Community Psychology 9 C

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

18

PSY 899 Advanced Career Psychology 9 C

PSZ 891 Applied Research Dissertation 126 C

J.4. Curriculum 1. The curriculum consists of eight course work modules and an applied research dissertation

(PSZ 891) that may be completed concurrently with the course work modules, but shall be completed within three years of the first year of registration.

2. The final mark in each of the eight modules is composed of 100% of both continuous and authentic assessment strategies as determined by the Department of Psychology.

3. On completion of the eight modules, learners will present themselves for an oral examination on the modules completed during the year. The team of assessors will consist of the lecturers responsible for offering the modules, the programme manager, and an external assessor appointed by Senate.

4. Learners may be allowed to proceed to the second year of study (internship) if such learners fail one module of not more than 9 credits in the first year of study.

5. Applied Research Dissertation (PSZ 891) The dissertation together with PSY 895 constitutes 50% of the final mark for a Master’s degree as partial fulfilment of the requirements for the Masters degree. The topic for the dissertation will be decided upon during the first year of study in consultation with the supervisor and Head of Department, and in accordance with Rules G30 and G31 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

6. During the second year of study, learners will be required to complete an internship of at least 12 months duration. Learners are admitted to the internship programme upon selection by a committee consisting of the representatives of the institutions that offer the internship. The internship has to be undertaken at an institution accredited for this purpose by the Professional Board for Psychology of the Health Professions Council of South Africa. Various hospitals, clinics, labour departments, student counselling centres and community structures are accredited for the training of counselling psychology interns. Learners may also complete partial or full internships within the University Clinic.

7. In order to register as Counselling Psychologists with the Professional Board for Psychology, qualifiers will need to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Board.

Humanities

19

List of new and previous subject codes New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

ACC 193 ACC5003 ACC 194 ACC5004 ACC 195 ACC5005 ACC 196 ACC5006 ACC 291 ACC5501 ACC 292 ACC5502 ACC 293 ACC5503 ACC 294 ACC5504 AFR 191 AFR5001 AFR 192 AFR5002 AFR 291 AFR5501 AFR 294 AFR5504 AFR 391 AFR6001 AFR 394 AFR6004 AFR 891 AFR8000 BMA 191 BMA5001 BMA 192 BMA5002 BMA 193 BMA5003 BMA 194 BMA5004 BMA 195 BMA5005 BMA 196 BMA5006 BMA 197 BMA5007 BMA 198 BMA5008 BMA 291 BMA5501 BMA 292 BMA5502 BMA 295 BMA5505 BMA 298 BMA5508 BMA 299 BMA5509 BMA 391 BMA6001 BMA 393 BMA6003 BMA 394 BMA6004 BMA 395 BMA6005 BMA 397 BMA6007 BMB 290 BMA5510 CIT 191 CIT5001 CIT 192 CIT5002 CIT 193 CIT5003 CIT 194 CIT5004 COL 191 COL5001 COL 192 COL5002 COL 193 COL5003 COL 194 COL5004 COL 291 COL5501 COL 292 COL5502 COL 293 COL5503 COL 391 COL6001

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

COL 392 COL6002 COL 393 COL6003 ECO 191 ECO5001 ECO 192 ECO5002 ECO 193 ECO5003 ECO 194 ECO5004 ECO 195 ECO5005 ECO 196 ECO5006 ECO 197 ECO5007 ECO 291 ECO5501 ECO 293 ECO5503 ECO 294 ECO5504 ECO 295 ECO5505 ECO 296 ECO5506 ECO 297 ECO5507 ECO 298 ECO5508 ECO 299 ECO5509 ECO 391 ECO6001 ECO 392 ECO6002 ECO 393 ECO6003 ECO 394 ECO6004 ECO 395 ECO6005 ECO 396 ECO6006 ECO 397 ECO6007 ECO 398 ECO6008 ECO 791 ECO7001 ECO 792 ECO7002 ECO 793 ECO7003 ECO 794 ECO7004 ECO 795 ECO7005 ECO 796 ECO7006 ECO 797 ECO7007 ECO 798 ECO7008 ECO 799 ECO7009 ECO 891 ECO8000 ECP 290 ECO5510 ECP 291 ECO5511 ECP 292 ECO5512 EDU 191 EDU5001 EDU 192 EDU5002 EDU 291 EDU5501 EDU 292 EDU5502 EDU 391 EDU6001 EDU 392 EDU6002 EDU 794 EDU7026 EDU 795 EDU7025

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

20

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

ENG 191 ENG5001 ENG 192 ENG5002 ENG 193 ENG5003 ENG 194 ENG5004 ENG 195 ENG5005 ENG 196 ENG5006 ENG 197 ENG5007 ENG 198 ENG5008 ENG 199 ENG5009 ENG 199 ENG5009 ENG 291 ENG5501 ENG 292 ENG5502 ENG 391 ENG6001 ENG 392 ENG6002 ENH 190 ENG5010 ENH 191 ENG5011 EPS 291 EPS5501 EPS 292 EPS5502 EUC 191 EUC5001 GGR 191 GGR5001 GGR 192 GGR5002 GGR 193 GGR5003 GGR 194 GGR5004 GGR 291 GGR5501 GGR 292 GGR5502 GGR 293 GGR5503 GGR 294 GGR5504 GGR 391 GGR6001 GGR 392 GGR6002 GGR 393 GGR6003 GGR 394 GGR6004 HIS 195 HIS5005 HIS 197 HIS5007 HIS 198 HIS5008 HIS 199 HIS5009 HIS 292 HIS5502 HIS 293 HIS5503 HIS 296 HIS5506 HIS 391 HIS6001 HIS 392 HIS6002 HIS 393 HIS6003 HIS 394 HIS6004 HIT 290 HIS5510 IPS 191 IPS5001 IPS 192 IPS5002 IPS 193 IPS5003 IPS 194 IPS5004 IPS 291 IPS5501

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

IPS 292 IPS5502 IPS 293 IPS5503 IPS 294 IPS5504 IPS 391 IPS6001 IPS 392 IPS6002 IPS 393 IPS6003 IPS 394 IPS6004 LNN 192 LNN5002 LPR 191 LPR5001 LPZ 192 LPZ5002 LTW 192 LTW5002 MAT 191 MAT5001 MAT 192 MAT5002 MAT 193 MAT5003 MAT 194 MAT5004 MAT 291 MAT5501 MAT 292 MAT5502 MAT 293 MAT5503 MAT 391 MAT6001 MAT 392 MAT6002 MAT 393 MAT6003 MAT 394 MAT6004 MFA 191 MFA5001 MNA 191 MNA5001 MNA 192 MNA5002 MNA 193 MNA5003 MNA 194 MNA5004 MNA 291 MNA5501 MNA 292 MNA5502 MNA 293 MNA5503 MNA 294 MNA5504 MNA 391 MNA6001 MNA 392 MNA6002 MNA 393 MNA6003 MNA 394 MNA6004 MPR 191 MPR5001 MPR 192 MPR5002 NSO 193 NSO5003 NSO 194 NSO5004 NSO 293 NSO5503 NSO 294 NSO5504 NSO 393 NSO6003 NSO 394 NSO6004 NSO 395 NSO6005 OMC 192 OMC5002 PBA 191 PBA5001 PBA 192 PBA5002 PBA 193 PBA5003

Humanities

21

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

PBA 194 PBA5004 PBA 291 PBA5501 PBA 292 PBA5502 PBA 293 PBA5503 PBA 294 PBA5504 PBA 391 PBA6001 PBA 392 PBA6002 PBA 393 PBA6003 PBA 394 PBA6004 PBA 395 PBA6005 PBA 791 PBA7001 PBA 792 PBA7002 PBA 793 PBA7003 PBA 794 PBA7004 PBA 795 PBA7005 PBA 796 PBA7006 PBA 797 PBA7007 PBA 891 PBA8000 PLS 191 PLS5001 PLS 192 PLS5002 PLS 193 PLS5003 PLS 194 PLS5004 PLS 291 PLS5501 PLS 292 PLS5502 PLS 293 PLS5503 PLS 294 PLS5504 PLS 391 PLS6001 PLS 392 PLS6002 PLS 393 PLS6003 PLS 394 PLS6004 PRL 191 PRL5001 PRL 192 PRL5002 PRL 193 PRL5011 PRL 194 PRL5012 PRL 195 PRL5021 PRL 291 PRL5501 PRL 292 PRL5531 PRL 293 PRL5541 PRL 294 PRL5542 PRL 391 PRL6001 PRL 392 PRL6002 PRL 393 PRL6003 PRL 394 PRL6011 PRL 395 PRL6012 PRL 396 PRL6013 PRT 191 PRT5001 PRT 192 PRT5002 PRT 193 PRT5003

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

PSY 191 PSY5001 PSY 192 PSY5002 PSY 193 PSY5003 PSY 194 PSY5004 PSY 195 PSY5005 PSY 291 PSY5501 PSY 292 PSY5502 PSY 293 PSY5503 PSY 294 PSY5504 PSY 295 PSY5505 PSY 296 PSY5506 PSY 297 PSY5507 PSY 391 PSY6001 PSY 392 PSY6002 PSY 393 PSY6003 PSY 394 PSY6004 PSY 395 PSY6005 PSY 791 PSY7005 PSY 792 PSY7008 PSY 793 PSY7010 PSY 794 PSY7012 PSY 796 PSY70P6 PSY 797 PSY70P7 PSY 892 PSY8011 PSY 893 PSY8021 PSY 894 PSY8031 PSY 895 PSY8041 PSY 896 PSY8042 PSY 897 PSY8051 PSY 898 PSY8061 PSY 899 PSY8062 PSZ 891 PSY8071 SAO 192 SAO5002 SBA791 SBA7001 SBA 792 SBA7002 SBA 793 SBA7003 SBA 794 SBA7004 SBA 795 SBA7005 SBA 796 SBA7006 SBA 797 SBA7007 SBA 798 SBA7008 SBA 799 SBA7009 SMU 192 SMU5002 SOC 191 SOC5001 SOC 192 SOC5002 SOC 193 SOC5003 SOC 194 SOC5004 SOC 291 SOC5501

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

22

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

SOC 292 SOC5502 SOC 293 SOC5503 SOC 294 SOC5504 SOC 295 SOC5505 SOC 391 SOC6001 SOC 392 SOC6002 SOC 394 SOC6004 SOC 396 SOC6006 STA 191 STA5001 STA 192 STA5002 STA 193 STA5003 STA 194 STA5004 STA 195 STA50P1 STM 191 STM5001 TSW 193 TSW5003 TSW 194 TSW5004 TSW 293 TSW5503 TSW 294 TSW5504 TSW 393 TSW6003 TSW 394 TSW6004 TSW 395 TSW6005 TVR 192 TVR5002

Natural and Agricultural Sciences

1

Divider Page

Green

(Natural and Agricultural Sciences)

Natural and Agricultural Sciences

1

FACULTY OF NATURAL AND AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES

MAMELODI CAMPUS

Please note:

The information contained in this Calendar is subject to a continuous process of review. The University therefore reserves the right to make alterations to the information contained in this Calendar without prior notice.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

RULES FOR THE FACULTY OF NATURAL AND AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES

S1 Programmes The following programmes are offered at the Mamelodi Campus in the Faculty of Natural and Agricultural Sciences: Qualification Normal duration Code (in years) Foundation Programme: Foundation Course in Science 1 FCS Science Programmes: Baccalaureus Scientiae (3-year degree)* 3 BSC* Baccalaureus Scientiae (4-year degree) 4 BSC4YR Baccalaureus Scientiae Honores* 1 BSCHON* Magister Scientiae* 2 MSC* Consumer Science and Human Ecology Programmes*: Baccalaureus Consumer Science* 4 BCS* Baccalaureus Human Ecology (Community Nutrition)* 4 BHECN* Science Education Programmes*: Baccalaureus Scientiae Educationis* 4 BSCED* *No new intake in 2004 FOUNDATION PROGRAMME Foundation Course in Science (FCS) The Foundation Course in Science is a one-year programme for students without matriculation exemption. Upon completion of this programme the student may register for a Bachelor’s degree in the Faculty of Science at the Mamelodi Campus. S2 Admission No matriculation exemption is required. Applicants must be in possession of a Senior Certificate or equivalent qualification. All applicants must write an aptitude test. The FCS learners will also be expected to participate in academic development programmes. S3 General structure of the course

Courses Modules Credit Mathematics MPR191-2* 32 Concepts of General Science CGS195-8, CGS199 32 Language skills ENG194-5 18 End User Computing EUC191 16 TOTAL 98

* Students who have not obtained Grade 12 Mathematics symbols of F(higher grade),

E(standard grade) or better(or equivalent) must do Mathematics access modules (32 credits) instead of MPR191-2.

See table A in the annexure for previous subject codes

Natural and Agricultural Sciences

3

S4 Qualification Rules

Students who pass a minimum of 80% of the credits will be admitted to the Bachelor’s degree in Science at the Mamelodi Campus SCIENCE PROGRAMMES Baccalaureus Scientiae S5 General Information

The BSc degree is a standard Science qualification at undergraduate level. Students are required to select two subjects as major subjects from the list below:

Possible major subjects Chemistry Computer Science Geography Mathematics Physics Statistics

S6 Admission

1. A student will only be considered for registration for the BSc degree if he/she: 1.1 is in possession of a certificate of exemption issued by the Matriculation Board (see rule

G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus); or 1.2 has completed the Foundation Course in Science successfully. 2. Students without matriculation exemption will be considered for registration for the

Foundation Course in Science (FCS). They may then register for the BSc degree at the Mamelodi Campus after completing these modules and retain the credits.

S7 General Structure of the Degree

To complete a BSc degree, students are required to obtain 392 credits. Of these, 40 credits must correspond to each of the two 4th study year major subjects. The curriculum is as follows:

Courses Modules Credit FIRST STUDY YEAR Computer Science CIT191-4 40 C Concepts of General Science CGS195-8, CGS199 32 F Mathematics MPR191-2 32 C Elective see rule S8 8 E SECOND STUDY YEAR Major A see rule S8 40 C Major B see rule S8 40 C Elective see rule S8 20 E THIRD STUDY YEAR Major A see rule S8 40 C Major B see rule S8 40 C Elective see rule S8 20 E

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

FOURTH STUDY YEAR Major A see rule S8 40 C Major B see rule S8 40 C TOTAL 392

Codes: F - fundamental, C - core module, E - elective See table A in the annexure for information on modules and previous subject codes

1. Exemption for Concepts of General Science will be granted to the following categories of students: (i) Students registered for the BSc degree at Vista University before 2000 (ii) Students with Grade 12 Mathematics symbols of C or better on the higher grade (iii) Students with Mathematics qualifications equivalent to (1.ii) above (approval of the

Dean of Natural and Agricultural Sciences required) 2. Students in the categories (1.ii) and (1.iii) above are not required to do MPR191-2, and

must do 32 credits of electives instead 3. Students with Grade 12 Physical Science symbols of D or better (on the higher grade) or

equivalent are not required to do Concepts of General Science, and must do 32 credits of electives instead

4. Students with Grade 12 Mathematics symbols lower than F (higher grade) and E (standard grade) or equivalent must register and pass appropriate Mathematics access modules before registering for MPR191-2 and CIT191-4 in their second year

S8 Curriculum

Majors Field Major: 2nd study year Major: 3rd study year Major: 4th study year Chemistry CHE191-4 & CHE195-8 CHE291-4 & CHE295-8 CHE391-4 &

CHE395-8 Computer & Information Technology

CIT191-4 CIT291-4 & (CIT295 or CIT296)

(CIT391or CIT392) & CIT393-5

Geography GGR191-4 GGR291-4 GGR391-3 & GGR394 Mathematics MAT191-4 MAT291-3 MAT391-4 Physics PHY191-4 & PHY195-8 PHY291-4 & PHY295-8 PHY391-8 & PHY395-8 Statistics STA191-4 & STA195 STA291-4 & STA295-8 STA391-3 & STA394-6

See table A in the annexure for information on modules and previous subject codes Electives Any other modules listed in table A (annexure). Baccalaureus Scientiae Honores Endorsements: Chemistry S11 Admission No new intake in 2004. S12 Duration of study The degree may be completed in one academic year full time, or two academic years part-time

Natural and Agricultural Sciences

5

S13 General Structure of the Degree

Depending on the endorsement chosen, students register for the associated modules as listed below:

Endorsement Discipline Modules Chemistry Chemistry CHE791-6

(See table B in the annexure for information on modules) Total credits required for the degree: 120 Magister Scientiae Endorsements: Chemistry S14 Admission No new intake in 2004. S15 Duration of study

The degree may be completed in one academic year full time, or two academic years part-time S16 General Structure of the Degree

Depending on the endorsement chosen, students register for the associated module(s) as listed below. The students must pass these modules in order to qualify for the degree

Endorsement Discipline Modules Chemistry Chemistry CHE891

(See table B in the annexure for information on modules) Total credits required for degree: 120

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

ANNEXURE TABLE A: MODULE INFORMATION (BSC and FCS) Previous subj. code

Code Name Cr Notes (P=prerequisite, C=concurrent)

CGS5005 CGS195 Concepts of General Science - Energy

7

CGS5006 CGS196 Concepts of General Science - Matter

7

CGS5007 CGS197 Concepts of General Science - Water

7

CGS5008 CGS198 Concepts of General Science - Life 7 CGS50P1 CGS199 Concepts of General Science -

Practical 4

CHE5001 CHE191 General Chemistry 8 P: D (HG) in Phys. Science or CGS196

CHE5002 CHE192 Physical Chemistry 8 P: D (HG) in Phys. Science or CGS196

CHE5003 CHE193 Organic Chemistry 8 P: D (HG) in Phys. Science or CGS196

CHE5004 CHE194 Inorganic Chemistry 8 P: D (HG) in Phys. Science or CGS196

CHE50P1 CHE195 General Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE191 CHE50P2 CHE196 Physical Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE192 CHE50P3 CHE197 Organic Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE193 CHE50P4 CHE198 Inorganic Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE194 CHE5501 CHE291 Physical Chemistry 8 CHE191-2 CHE5502 CHE292 Analytical Chemistry 8 CHE191 CHE5503 CHE293 Organic chemistry 8 CHE191/3 CHE5504 CHE294 Inorganic Chemistry 8 CHE191/4 CHE55P1 CHE295 Physical Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE291 CHE55P2 CHE296 Analytical Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE292 CHE55P3 CHE297 Organic Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE293 CHE55P4 CHE298 Inorganic Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE294 CHE6001 CHE391 Physical Chemistry 8 CHE291 CHE6002 CHE392 Analytical Chemistry 8 CHE292 CHE6003 CHE393 Organic Chemistry 8 CHE293 CHE6004 CHE394 Inorganic Chemistry 8 CHE294 CHE60P1 CHE395 Physical Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE391 CHE60P2 CHE396 Analytical Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE392 CHE60P3 CHE397 Organic Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE393 CHE60P4 CHE398 Inorganic Chemistry Prac 2 C: CHE394 CIT5001 CIT191 Computer Fundamentals 12 P: Maths F-HG/E-SG or

(MFA/N & STM) CIT5002 CIT192 Database 1: Intr. to Database

Systems 8 P: Maths F-HG/E-SG or

(MFA/N & STM) CIT5003 CIT193 Problem Solving 12 P: Maths F-HG/E-SG or

(MFA/N & STM) CIT5004 CIT194 Information Systems 1: 8 P: Maths F-HG/E-SG or

(MFA/N & STM)

Natural and Agricultural Sciences

7

Previous subj. code

Code Name Cr Notes (P=prerequisite, C=concurrent)

CIT5501 CIT291 Programming 1 12 P: CIT193 CIT5502 CIT292 Database 2 8 P: CIT192 CIT5503 CIT293 System Analysis & Design 3 P: any two of CIT191-4 CIT5504 CIT294 Human-Computer Interaction 5 P: any two of CIT191-4 CIT5505 CIT295 Programming 2 12 P: CIT193; C: CIT291 CIT5506 CIT296 Information Systems 2 12 P: CIT194 CIT6001 CIT391 Programming 3 12 P: CIT291, CIT295 CIT6002 CIT392 Information Systems 3 12 P: CIT296 and one of

CIT291-5 CIT6003 CIT393 Networking 1 8 P: any two of CIT291-6 CIT6004 CIT394 Database 3 9 P: CIT292 CIT6005 CIT395 Networking 2 11 P: any two of CIT291-6;

C: CIT393 CIT6522 CIT396 Project 13 P: (CIT391 or CIT392)

and CIT393-5 ENG5004 ENG194 Reading & Writing Skills 9 ENG5005 ENG195 Language Skills Development 9 EUC5001 EUC191 End User Computing 16 GGR5001 GGR191 Map Analysis & Aerial Photography 10 GGR5002 GGR192 Population, Cultural &Ethnic

Geography 10

GGR5003 GGR193 Ecosystems & Physical Processes 10 GGR5004 GGR194 Economic Structure & Settlement 10 GGR5501 GGR291 City, Society and Environment 10 GGR5502 GGR292 The Dynamic Atmosphere 10 GGR5503 GGR293 Economic Structures 10 GGR5504 GGR294 The Physical Landscape 10 GGR6001 GGR391 Environmental Studies 10 GGR6002 GGR392 Environmental Resource

Management 10

GGR6003 GGR393 Urban & Rural Settlements 10 GGR6004 GGR394 An Introduction to GIS 10 MAT5001 MAT191 Differentiation: Functions of 1

Variable 10 P: MPR191-2 or Maths

(A, B or C)-HG MAT5002 MAT192 Integration: Functions of 1 Variable 10 P: as for MAT191; C:

MAT191 MAT5003 MAT193 Linear Algebra I 10 P: as for MAT191 MAT5004 MAT194 Applications of Integration 10 P: MAT192 MAT5501 MAT291 Func. of Several Var & Vector

Calculus 20 P: MAT192-3

MAT5502 MAT292 Infinite Sequences and Series 10 P: MAT192 MAT5503 MAT293 Linear Algebra II 10 P: MAT193 MAT6001 MAT391 Real Analysis 10 P: MAT291-2 MAT6002 MAT392 Abstract Algebra 10 P: MAT293 MAT6003 MAT393 Complex Analysis 10 P: MAT291-2 MAT6004 MAT394 Numerical Analysis I 10 P: MAT291&3

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

Previous subj. code

Code Name Cr Notes (P=prerequisite, C=concurrent)

MFA5002* MFA192* Foundation Mathematics II 16 P: MFA191 of Grade 9 Mathematics

MFA5003* MFA193* Foundation Mathematics III 16 P: MFA192 MPR5001 MPR191 Precalculus I 16 P: Maths F-HG/E-SG or

equivalent MPR5002 MPR192 Precalculus II 16 P: as for MPR191; C:

MPR191 PHY5001 PHY191 Mechanics 8 P: Phy. Sci. D-HG or

CGS195 & MPR PHY5002 PHY192 Properties of Matter 8 P: Phy. Sci. D-HG or

CGS195 & MPR PHY5003 PHY193 Electricity & Magnetism 8 P: Phy. Sci. D-HG or

CGS195 & MPR PHY5004 PHY194 Optics 8 P: Phy. Sci. D-HG or

CGS195 & MPR PHY50P1 PHY195 Mechanics Prac 2 C: PHY191 PHY50P2 PHY196 Properties of Matter Prac 2 C: PHY192 PHY50P3 PHY197 Electricity & Magnetism Prac 2 C: PHY193 PHY50P4 PHY198 Optics Prac 2 C: PHY194 PHY5501 PHY291 Vibrations and Waves 8 PHY191-3 PHY5502 PHY292 Analogue and Digital Electronics 8 PHY191-3 PHY5503 PHY293 Classical Mechanics 8 PHY191-3 PHY5504 PHY294 Atomic & Nuclear Physics 8 PHY191-4 PHY55P1 PHY295 Vibrations and Waves Prac 2 C: PHY291 PHY55P2 PHY296 Analogue & Digital Electronics Prac 2 C: PHY292 PHY55P3 PHY297 Classical Mechanics Prac 2 C: PHY293 PHY55P4 PHY298 Atomic & Nuclear Physics Prac 2 C: PHY294 PHY6001 PHY391 Quantum Mechanics 8 PHY291/3 and MAT191-

4 PHY6002 PHY392 Statistical Mechanics 8 PHY291/3 and MAT191-

4 PHY6003 PHY393 Electrodynamics 8 PHY291-2 and MAT191-

4 PHY6004 PHY394 Solid State Physics 8 PHY291/3 and MAT191-

4 PHY60P1 PHY395 Quantum Mechanics Prac 2 C: PHY391 PHY60P2 PHY396 Statistical Mechanics Prac 2 C: PHY392 PHY60P3 PHY397 Electrodynamics Prac 2 C: PHY393 PHY60P4 PHY398 Solid State Physics Prac 2 C: PHY394 STA5001 STA191 Organising Data 9 P: Mat E-HG/D-SG or

MPR; C:STA195 STA5002 STA192 Producing Data 9 P: Mat E-HG/D-SG or

MPR; C:STA195 STA5003 STA193 Foundations of Inference 9 P: Mat E-HG/D-SG or

MPR; C:STA195 STA5004 STA194 Inference: Conclusions with

Confidence 9 P: Mat E-HG/D-SG or

MPR; C:STA195

Natural and Agricultural Sciences

9

Previous subj. code

Code Name Cr Notes (P=prerequisite, C=concurrent)

STA50P1 STA195 Practical 4 P: Mat E-HG/D-SG or MPR

STA6001 STA291 Regression Analysis 8 P: Mat E-HG/D-SG or MPR; C:STA195

STA6002 STA292 Time Series 8 P: STA191; C: STA296 STA6003 STA293 Probability Distributions 8 P: MPR192, STA193&4;

C: STA297 STA6004 STA294 Statistical Inference I 8 P: as for STA293; C:

STA293/STA298 STA60P1 STA295 Regression Analysis Prac 2 P: EUC191 or CIT191; C:

STA291 STA60P2 STA296 Time Series Prac 2 P: EUC191 or CIT191; C:

STA292 STA60P3 STA297 Probability Distributions Prac 2 P: EUC191 or CIT191; C:

STA293 STA60P4 STA298 Statistical Inference I Prac 2 P: EUC191 or CIT191; C:

STA294 STA6005 STA391 Statistical Inference II 16 P: STA291&2&3; C:

STA394 STA6006 STA392 Design and Analysis of

Experiments 8 P: STA191&2&3; C:

STA395 STA6007 STA393 Survey Sampling 8 P: STA294; C: STA396 STA60P5 STA394 Statistical Inference II Prac 4 P: STA295&6&7; C:

STA391 STA60P6 STA395 Design & Analysis of Experiments

Prac 2 P: EUC191 or CIT191; C:

STA392 STA60P7 STA396 Survey Sampling Prac 2 P: EUC191 or CIT191; C:

STA291 STM5001 STM191 Statistics for Commerce 16 *Mathematics Access modules TABLE B: MODULE INFORMATION (POSTGRADUATE QUALIFICATIONS)

Previous subj. code

Code Name Cr

CHE7001 CHE791 Physical Chemistry 30 CHE7002 CHE792 Analytical Chemistry 30 CHE7003 CHE793 Organic Chemistry 15 CHE7004 CHE794 Inorganic chemistry 15 CHE7005 CHE795 Environmental Chemistry 15 CHE7006 CHE796 Environmental Management 15 CHE8000 CHE891 Masters Dissertation: Chemistry 120

Law

1

Divider Page

Red

(Law)

Law

1

FACULTY OF LAW

MAMELODI CAMPUS Please note:

The information contained in this Calendar is subject to a continuous process of review. The University therefore reserves the right to make alterations to the information contained in this Calendar without prior notice.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

RULES FOR THE FACULTY OF LAW L1 Degrees The following programmes are offered at the Mamelodi Campus in the Faculty of Law: Undergraduate degrees: Baccalaureus Legum LLB U Magister Legum LLM * * No new intake in 2004 Baccalaureus Legum (LLB) L2 Admission No person shall be considered for registration unless he/she is in possession of a certificate of exemption issued by the Matriculation Board or he/she has completed the Foundation Course in Humanities successfully. L3 Duration of study The minimum duration of study for the Baccalaureus Legum Degree is four academic years of full-time study. L4 Curriculum The curriculum comprises the following modules. Please consult the list of new and old subject codes at the end of this calendar.

FIRST YEAR

CODE NAME Credit

CONSTITUTIONAL LAW PBL191 PBL192 PBL193 PBL194

Introduction to Constitutional Law Introduction to Human Rights Constitutional Interpretation Selected Fundamental Rights

6

6 6

6

INTRODUCTION TO LAW PRL191 Introduction to Law 12

NON-LEGAL SUBJECT See L5 24

COMMUNICATION SKILLS

ENG193 Communication skills for Law students

18

LAW OF PERSONS PRL193 PRL194

Law of Persons: The Legal Person Law of Persons: Parental Power

6

6

INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL SYSTEMS

PRL192 Introduction to Legal Systems

12

LEGAL SKILLS PCL191 Introduction to Legal Skills 12

Law

3

FIRST YEAR

CODE NAME Credit

FAMILY LAW PRL195 Family Law 10

SECOND YEAR

CODE NAME Credit

CRIMINAL LAW PCL291 PCL292 PCL293

The Concept of Crime Elements of Criminal Liability Anticipatory Crimes & Participation

5

10

5

LABOUR LAW MLW291 MLW292 MLW293 MLW294

Basic Principles of Labour Law Fair Employer Conduct & Dismissal Law Collective Labour Law & Industrial Action Social Security Law

5

5

5 5

CRIMINAL PROCEDURE PCL294 PCL295

Criminal Pre-trial Procedures Trial and Post-Trial Procedures

10

10

LAW OF PROPERTY PRL291 Law of Property 10

LEGAL INTERPRETATION PBL291 Principles of Statutory Interpretation

10

AFRICAN CUSTOMARY LAW

PRL292 African Customary Law 10

LAW OF SUCCESSION PRL293 PRL294

Law of Succession: General Principles Law of Succession: Wills

5 5

ADMINISTRATIVE LAW PBL292 PBL293

Introduction to Administrative Law Administrative Law: Capita Selecta

5

5

CONFLICT RESOLUTION MLW295 MLW296

Mediation and Conciliation Principles of Arbitration

5 5

THIRD YEAR

CODE NAME Credit

CIVIL PROCEDURE PCL391 PCL392

Civil Procedure & Application Proceedings Action Proceedings and Enforcement

10

10

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

THIRD YEAR

CODE NAME Credit

EVIDENCE PCL393 PCL394

Admissibility of Evidence Principles of Evidence

10 10

LAW OF CONTRACT PRL391 PRL392 PRL393

General Principles of Contract Breach, Remedies & Termination of Contract Specific Contracts

10

10 5

LAW OF DELICT PRL394 PRL395 PRL396

Law of Delict: General Principles Delictual Damages & Remedies Specific Delicts

10

10 5

LEGAL PRACTICE PCL395 PCL396

Criminal Legal Practice Civil Legal Practice

10 10

BANKRUPTCY LAW MLW391 Bankruptcy Law 10

SPECIFIC COMMERCIAL CONTRACTS

MLX391 MLX392

Specific Commercial Contracts Law of Taxation

5 5

FOURTH YEAR

CODE NAME Credit

BUSINESS ENTITIES MLW791 MLW792

Partnership and Company Law Closed Corporations

15 5

LLB DISSERTATION PBM792 LLB790

Research Methodology Dissertation

5 15

BANKING LAW & NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS

MLW793 Banking Law and Negotiable Instruments

10

JURISPRUDENCE PBL791 PBL792

Natural Law and Positivism Rawls, Dworkin, and African Jurisprudence

5

5

PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW

PBL795 PBL796

Public International Law Public International Organisations

5

5

ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY

PCL791 Ethics & Professional Responsibility

10

CRITICAL LEGAL STUDIES

PBL793 PBL794

Critical Legal Studies & Communitarianism Jurisprudence: Capita Selecta

5

5

Law

5

FOURTH YEAR

CODE NAME Credit

INSURANCE LAW AND ROAD ACCIDENT FUNDS INSURANCE

MLW794 MLW795

The Law of Insurance Road Accident Insurance Fund

5

5

ELECTIVES

GROUP A

CODE NAME Credit

ADVANCED ADMINISTRATIVE LAW

PBL797 PBL798

Reasonableness and Judicial Remedies Just Administrative Action and Drafting Skills

5 5

ADVANCED FAMILY LAW PRL795 Advanced Family Law 10

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC LAW

MLW796 MLW797

Economic Law & International Organisations International Trade & Investment law

5 5

PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW

PRL796 Private International Law 10

ELECTIVES

GROUP B

CODE NAME Credit

ADVANCED LAW OF OBLIGATIONS

PRL791 PRL792

Principles of Estoppel and Unjust Enrichment Law of Delict: Capita Selecta

5 5

CHILDREN AND THE LAW PRL793 PCL792

Children and Private Law Children and Criminal Law

5 5

COMPARATIVE LAW PRL794 Comparative law 10

In the fourth year of study the learner should select one elective from Group A and one elective from Group B. The minimum number of credits required for the award of the degree is 480.

L5 Restriction on selection of modules 1. A learner must register for modules comprising the programme in the sequence as set

out in L4. 2. A learner shall not register for more than 132 credits per year of study. 3. The non-legal module prescribed in the curriculum shall have a minimum of 24 credits. 4. The offering of any elective module will be dependent on the availability of lecturing staff

able to teach the particular module. No elective will be offered unless there are at least ten (10) students who have subscribed to take the particular module.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

5. Subject and relevant modules

MODULES SUBJECT

NQF LEVEL 5 NQF LEVEL 5.5

Accountancy (i) Introduction to Accounting for Attorneys: ACA191

(ii) Specific Matters relating to Accountancy for Attorneys, ACA192

OR (ii) Accounting Concepts

Principles and Procedures, ACC193

(iii) Accounting Adjustments and Trial Balance, ACC194

(iv) Close Corporations and Partnerships, ACC195

(v) Introduction to Management Accounting and Analysis of Financial Statements, ACC196

(i) Financial reporting for Clubs and Societies ACC291

(ii) Companies: Reporting, Shares & Debentures.ACC292

(iii) Conversion of Entities, Branches and Insurance, ACC293

(iv) Holding Companies: Introduction, ACC294

Economics (i) Understanding the Economy ECO191

(ii) Demand supply in Action, ECO192

(iii) Pricing and Output, ECO193 (iv) Local and Foreign Markets,

ECO194

(i) Aggregating Quantities in the Economy 1 ECO293

(ii) Aggregating Quantities in the Economy 2, ECO294

(iii) Intermediate Microeconomics & Extensions ECO197

(iv) Economic Growth Theories & Employment ECP290

Public Administration

(i) Public Admin and its Environment PBA191

(ii) Institutions of and for Public Admin: PBA192

(iii) Development of Public Admin: PBA193

(iv) Doing Research in Public Admin, PBA194

(i) Public Policy Making PBA291

(ii) Organising in and for Public Admin, PBA292

(iii) Financing Public Admin, PBA293

(iv) Providing and Utilising Human Resources, PBA294

Business Management

(i) Understanding Business Management: BMA191

(ii) Basic Functions of Business Management BMA192

(iii) Creative Entrepreneurship, BMA193

(iv) Designing a Business Plan, BMA194

(i) Applying Management Principles, BMA291

(ii) Understanding the task of Managers, BMA292

(iii) Growing a Small Business, BMA295

(iv) Conducting Research, BMB290

Afrikaans (i) Functional Linguistics, AFR191 (ii) Reflections on Africa, AFR192

(i) Functional Linguistics AFR291

(ii) Dimensions of Cons-ciousness AFR294

Law

7

MODULES SUBJECT

NQF LEVEL 5 NQF LEVEL 5.5

Sociology (i) Introduction to Sociology, SOC191

(ii) Studying the Social World, SOC192

(iii) Contemporary South African Society, SOC193

(iv) Writing about the Social World, SOC194

(i) Sociological theory and Society, SOC291

(ii) Social Organisations, SOC292

(iii) Sociology of the Family, SOC293

(iv) Sociology of Education, SOC294

English (i) Reading and Writing Skills, ENG194

(ii) Language Skills Dev. ENG195

(iii) Administration, ENG196 (iv) The Research Project

ENG197 (v) Literary Criticism and Acade-

mic Writing 1 ENG191 (vi) Literary Criticism and

Academic Writing 2, ENG192 (vii) Introduction to Workplace

Comp. ENG198 (viii) Reading and Writing Skills for

Business, ENG199 (ix) Advanced Business Skills,

ENH190 (x) Ext. Business Communication,

ENH191

(i) Text and Ideology, ENG291

(ii) Writing the Self ENG292

Psychology (i) Introduction to Psychology, PSY191

(ii) Ethics, PSY192 (iii) Learning, Memory and

Perception: Study Skills, PSY193

(iv) Psychology of well-being, PSY194

(v) African Perspectives in Psychology, PSY195

(i) Child Developmental Psychology, PSY291 or

Adolescent and Adult Developmental Psychology, PSY292

(ii) Introduction to Psycho-pathology, PSY293

(iii) Basic Community and Cultural Studies, PSY294

(iv) PSY296 or PSY297

Industrial Psychology

(i) Introduction to Industrial Psychology, IPS191

(ii) Introduction to Human Resource Management, IPS192

(iii) Organisational Behaviour, IPS193

(iv) Career Management, IPS194

(i) HRM: Planning & Procurement, IPS291

(ii) HRM: Training & Development,IPS292

(iii) HRM: Industrial Relations, IPS293

(iv) HRM: Maintenance & Administration, IPS294

Computer Science

End User Computing, EUC191. Provided that where a learner selects EUC which only comprises 16 credits he/she must in addition select another non-legal module from the list above.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

L6 Examinations 1. Examinations will be written for each module. 2. Learners who have failed or who did not present themselves for a scheduled modular

examination referred to in (1) may sit for one promotional examination according to the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

3. Learners, who fail or do not present themselves for the promotional examination, will have to register for that module again the following year.

4. The final mark for a module shall consist of the higher of the mark obtained in the modular examination or the promotional examination.

5. A learner shall be awarded the degree cum laude if an average mark of at least 75% is obtained in all courses.

L7 Transitional Provisions 1. The learner, who holds a BIuris or BProc degree of the University of Vista and wishes

to register towards the LLB degree programme, shall apply to the Faculty to be credited with modules which are equivalent to those courses completed in his/her degree.

2. A learner, who has successfully completed courses as part of an uncompleted degree at the University of Vista and who wishes to register towards the LLB degree programme shall apply to the Faculty to be credited with modules which are equivalent to those courses successfully completed.

3. A learner who has passed a module or subject for non-degree purposes shall be credited with such module or subject if the learner could have chosen that module or subject for degree purposes as part of his or her curriculum when taking it.

4. A leaner, who has successfully completed modules or courses at another university and who wishes to register towards the LLB degree, shall apply to the Faculty to be credited with modules which are equivalent to these courses or modules completed, subject to the provisions of the relevant General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

5. The following may be regarded as equivalents for students who were previously registered for BIuris and BProc degrees at the University of Vista (Previous Vista codes appear in brackets):

6. PRL 190 (PRL100) - LWP 190 (LWP100)

- FAW 190 (FAW100)

- PRL193 - PRL194 - PRL195

CUL 190 (CUL100) - ACU 290 (ACU200) - PRL292

CRL 190 (CRL100) - CRL 290 (CRL200) - PCL291 - PCL292 - PCL293

ISL 190 (ISL100) - INL 190 (INL100) - ILS190 (ILS100)

- PRL191 - PRL192

PRL 290 (PRL200) - LWR 290 (LWR200) - LWS290 (LWS200)

- PRL291 - PRL293 - PRL294

EVD 190 (EVD100) - EVD 390 (EVD300) - PCL393 - PCL394

RLH290 (RLH200)

Law

9

CPR190 (CPR100) - CPR 390 (CPR300) - PCL391 - PCL392

CRP 190 (CRP100) - CRP 290 (CRP200) - PCL294 - PCL295

PRM 390 (PRL300) - CON 390 (CON390) (PRL301)

- DEL 390 (DEL300)

(PRL302)

- PRL391 - PRL392 - PRL393 - PRL394 - PRL395 - PRL396

MLW 190 (MLW100 ) - BEN 490 (BEN400) - BKL 390 (BKL300)

- MLW791 - MLW792 - MLW391

CAL 190 (CAL100) - CLW 190 (CLW100) - ADL 290 (ADL200)

- PBL191 - PBL192 - PBL193 - PBL194 - PBL292 - PBL293

INS 190 (INS100) - LIN 290 (LIN200) - PBL291

MLW 290 (MLW200) - BLI 490 (BLI400) - CRS 290 (CRS200)

- MLW793 - MLW794 - MLW295 - MLW296

JUR 190 (JUR100) - JUR 490 (JUR400) - CLS 490 (CLS400)

- PBL791 - PBL792 - PBL793 - PBL794

FLW 490 (FLW400) - PRL795

ALO 490 (ALO400) - PRL791 - PRL792

CFL 490 (CFL400) - PRL796

CPL 490 (CPL400) - PRL794

ACR 490 (ACR400)

APR 490 (APR400)

PIL 490 (PIL400) - PBL795

PIO 490 (PIO400) - PBL796

ACL 490 (ACL400) - PBM793 - PBM794

AAL 490 (AAL400) - PBL797 - PBL798

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

10

LPE 490 (LPE400) - EPR 490 (EPR400) - PCL791

LAL 490 (LAL400) - LAL 290 (LAL200) - MLW291 - MLW292

ACP 490 (ACP400)

LLB 490 (LLB400)

MLW 490 (MLW400) - LAL 290 (LAL200) - MLW293 - MLW294

ENG 190 (ENG100) - ENG191 - ENG192

MAGISTER LEGUM (LLM) L8 Admission No new intake in 2004. L9 Duration of study The minimum duration of study is two academic years. L10 General structure of the degree

NAME CODE

LLM Dissertation: Public Law PBL891

LLM Dissertation: Procedural Law PCL891

Law

11

List of new and previous subject codes New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

ENG193 ENG5003 LLB790 LLB 790 MLW291 MLW5501 MLW292 MLW5502 MLW293 MLW5503 MLW294 MLW5504 MLW295 MLW5511 MLW296 MLW5512 MLW391 MLW6001 MLW791 MLW7001 MLW792 MLW7002 MLW793 MLW7011 MLW794 MLW7021 MLW795 MLW7022 MLW796 MLW7031 MLW797 MLW7032 MLX391 MLW6011 MLX392 MLW6012 PBL191 PBL5001 PBL192 PBL5002 PBL193 PBL5003 PBL194 PBL5004 PBL291 PBL5501 PBL292 PBL5511 PBL293 PBL5512 PBL791 PBL7001 PBL792 PBL7002 PBL793 PBL7003 PBL794 PBL7004 PBL795 PBL7011 PBL796 PBL7012 PBL797 PBL7021 PBL798 PBL7022 PBL891 PBL8000 PBM792 PBL7050 PBM793 PBL7051 PBM794 PBL7052

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

PCL191 PCL5001 PCL291 PCL5501 PCL292 PCL5502 PCL293 PCL5503 PCL294 PCL5511 PCL295 PCL5512 PCL391 PCL6001 PCL392 PCL6002 PCL393 PCL6011 PCL394 PCL6012 PCL395 PCL6021 PCL396 PCL6022 PCL791 PCL7001 PCL792 PCL7011 PCL891 PCL8000 PRL191 PRL5001 PRL192 PRL5002 PRL193 PRL5011 PRL194 PRL5012 PRL195 PRL5021 PRL291 PRL5501 PRL292 PRL5531 PRL293 PRL5541 PRL294 PRL5542 PRL391 PRL6001 PRL392 PRL6002 PRL393 PRL6003 PRL394 PRL6011 PRL395 PRL6012 PRL396 PRL6013 PRL791 PRL7001 PRL792 PRL7002 PRL793 PRL7003 PRL794 PRL7004 PRL795 PRL7007

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

12

List of previous and new subject codes for subjects previously offered for the BIuris and BProc degrees New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code

AAL490 AAL400 ACL490 ACL400 ACP490 ACP400 ACR490 ACR400 ACU290 ACU200 ADL290 ADL200 ALO490 ALO400 APR490 APR400 BEN490 BEN400 BKL390 BKL300 BLI490 BLI400 CAL190 CAL100 CFL490 CFL400 CLS490 CLS400 CLW190 CLW100 CON390 CON300 CPL490 CPL400 CPR190 CPR100 CPR390 CPR300 CRL190 CRL100 CRL290 CRL200 CRP190 CRP100 CRP290 CRP200 CRS290 CRS200 CUL190 CUL100 DEL390 DEL300 ENG190 ENG100 EPR490 EPR400 EVD190 EVD100

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code

EVD390 EVD300 FAW190 FAW100 FLW490 FLW400 ILS190 ILS100 INL190 INL100 INS190 INS100 ISL190 ISL100 JUR190 JUR100 JUR490 JUR400 LAL290 LAL200 LAL490 LAL400 LIN290 LIN200 LLB490 LLB400 LPE490 LPE400 LWP190 LWP100 LWR290 LWR200 LWS290 LWS200 MLW190 MLW100 MLW290 MLW200 MLW490 MLW400 PIL490 PIL400 PIO490 PIO400 PRL190 PRL100 PRL290 PRL200 PRM390 PRL300 PRM391 PRL301 PRM392 PRL302 RLH290 RLH200

Economic and Management Sciences

1

Divider Page

Blue

(Economic and Business Management)

Economic and Management Sciences

1

FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

MAMELODI CAMPUS

Please note:

The information contained in this Calendar is subject to a continuous process of review. The University therefore reserves the right to make alterations to the information contained in this Calendar without prior notice.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

RULES FOR THE FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES FOR QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED AT THE MAMELODI CAMPUS M1 Programmes offered

The following programmes are offered at the Mamelodi Campus in the Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences:

Minimum duration

Qualification (in years) Code Foundation Programme: Foundation Course in Management 1 FCM Bachelor’s Degrees: Baccalaureus Administrationis:

General 3 BADMIN Baccalaureus Administrationis: Human Resources 3 BADMHR

Information Management* 3 BADMIM* Local Government 3 BADMLG Political Studies* 3 BADMPS* Public Finance* 3 BADMPF*

Baccalaureus Commercii: General 3 BCOM Baccalaureus Commercii:

Accounting & Business Management 3 BCOMAB Business Management and Economics 3 BCOMBM

Business Management & Industrial Psychology 3 BCOMMI Economics and Statistics 3 BCOMES Financial Information Management 3 BCOMFI Information Management* 3 BCOMIM* International Economics* 3 BCOMIE* Law 3 BCOMLW Monetary Economics* 3 BCOMME* Public Administration & Economics* 3 BCOMPE*

Baccalaureus Computationis 4 BCOMPT

Baccalaureus Commercii Educationis* 4 BCOMED* Honours degrees: Baccalaureus Administrationis Honores* 1 BADMHO* Baccalaureus Commercii Honores* 1 BCOMHO* Master’s degrees: Magister Administrationis* 2 MADMIN* * No new intake in 2004. Contact the Faculty Office at the Main Campus regarding post-

graduate study in 2004.

Economic and Management Sciences

3

Doctoral degrees: Philosophiae Doctor* 2 PHD C* * No new intake in 2004. Contact the Faculty Office at the Main Campus regarding post-

graduate study in 2004.

Code Subject field ACC Accounting AUD Auditing BMA Business Management CIT Computer and Information Technology COL Commercial Law ECO Economics ECP Economics EDU Education [For education related fields, see M23] EDW Education [For education related fields, see M23] ENG English ENH English EUC End User Computing GGR Geography HIS History HIT History IPS Industrial Psychology MAC Management Accounting MAT Mathematics MFA Foundation Mathematics for non-Mathematicians MFN Financial Mathematics MLW Labour Law MLX Labour Law MNA Municipal Administration MPR Pre-calculus PAS Pastel Accounting PBA Public Administration PBL Public Law (Constitutional Law, Administrative Law, Municipal Law, etc) PBM Public Law (Constitutional Law, Administrative Law, Municipal Law, etc) PLS Political Science PRL Private Law (Family Law, Law of Persons, Contracts, Delicts, etc) PSY Psychology PSZ Psychology SOC Sociology STA Statistics STM Statistical Methods TAX Taxation Please consult the list of new and old subject codes at the end of this calendar. M2 Composition and completion of degree programmes (1) Learners must ensure that the programmes and modules they wish to register for

are indeed offered. (2) For learners with Grade 12 Mathematics, HG (F) symbol or SG (E) symbol, a

standard degree programme in this Faculty shall consist of at least 360 credits of which 72 must be at NQF Level 6.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

For learners not fulfilling the Grade 12 Mathematics requirements, a standard degree shall consist of at least 400 credits of which 72 must be at NQF Level 6. Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules to the value of 40 credits: MFA191 (16 credits), MFN191 (8 credits) and STM191 (16 credits).

(3) Learners must ensure that the modules for which they register, fulfill programme requirements in terms of credits.

(4) The Faculty reserves the right to change the quarters / semesters / years in which the modules are offered.

(5) Except where otherwise stipulated in the University rules learners may be allowed to proceed to the next NQF level in a sub-field if such learner trails one module of not more than 8 credits of the previous NQF level in the same sub-field, provided this does not lead to timetable clashes.

(6) One credit is equivalent to ten (10) notional hours of learning. (7) A learner shall be awarded the degree cum laude if an average mark of at least

75% is obtained in all modules. (8) The final mark for each module is made up of 50% of the continuous assessment

mark and 50% of the examination mark, unless otherwise stipulated. Rule G10 (4) as stipulated in the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus is also applicable.

M3 Restrictions in the selection of sub-fields of study (1) Admission requirements - Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications

offered at the Mamelodi Campus. (2) In a particular year learners shall select their sub-fields of study (modules and/or

courses) in accordance with the appropriate rules. (3) All BCom degree programmes must include Accounting (32 credits), Business

Management (32 credits), Economics (32 credits) and End User Computing (16 credits) or Computer and Information Technology (40 credits) at NQF level 5.0.

(4) All BAdmin degree programmes must include either End User Computing (16 credits) or Computer and Information Technology (40 credits) at level 5.0.

(5) A prerequisite for: (a) MAT level 5 is at least an E (HG) symbol in Mathematics at matriculation

level or an equivalent qualification (or MPR191 and MPR192 which require an F (HG) symbol in Mathematics at matriculation level).

(b) STA level 5 is at least an E (HG) symbol in Mathematics at matriculation level or equivalent (or MFA191, STM191and MFN191.

(c) CIT level 5 is at least an F (HG) symbol in Mathematics at matriculation level or equivalent, (or MFA191, STM191 and MFN191).

(d) AUD291 and Management Accounting level 5.5 modules are Accounting modules ACC193 - ACC196 or equivalent.

(e) TAX level 6 and MAC level 6 modules are Accounting modules ACC291 and ACC292.

(f) Introduction to Pastel Accounting (PAS191) are Accounting modules ACC291 and 292.

(6) Only one of either Municipal Administration, Public Administration or Political Science may be offered as a major in a specific BCom degree programme. Public Administration and either Municipal Administration or Political Science may be offered as majors for the same BAdmin degree programme.

Economic and Management Sciences

5

M4 Foundation Course in Management (FCM) The Foundation Course in Management is a one-year programme for students without matriculation exemption. Upon completion of this programme the student may register for a Bachelor’s degree in the Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences at the Mamelodi Campus. Admission

No matriculation exemption is required. All applicants must write an aptitude test, and will also be expected to participate in academic development programmes. General structure of the course

Modules Credit Modules Credit ACC 191 8 MFA191 16 BMA 194 8 MFN 191 8 ECO 191 8 STM191 16 ENG 198 9

Qualification Rules

Students who pass a minimum of 80% of the credits will be admitted to bachelor’s degree studies at the Mamelodi Campus in the faculty. M5 Baccalaureus Administrationis Minimum of 360 credits (1) Admission Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi

Campus. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PLS 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PBL 191 6 192 6 193 6 194 6 24

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 Or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

First year elective modules: ENG 194 9 195 9 196 9 197 9 36

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

SECOND YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

PBA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 PBL 291 10 10 PBL 292 5 293 5 10 Learners must choose at least two of the following courses of 4 modules, one of

which will be carried on with at level 6: PLS 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 MNA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 ECO 297 8 ECP290 8 293 8 294 8 32 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 Learners must choose 40 credits from modules listed below - 32 of which must

be for the same course. PLS 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 or MNA 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 or ECO 392 8 396 8 397 8 398 8

40

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners choosing End User Computing (EUC191) need to do all four modules

from English (ENG194, 195, 196 and 197). (2) Learners choosing Computer and Information Technology (CIT191 - 194) need

only choose two modules from English (ENG194, 195, 196 and 197). (3) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191 or MPR191 - MPR192 if they choose to do CIT191 - CIT194.

M6 Baccalaureus Administrationis (Human Resources) Minimum of 372 credits (1) Admission Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi

Campus. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 IPS 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PLS 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PBL 191 6 192 6 193 6 194 6 24

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Economic and Management Sciences

7

First year elective modules: COL 191 5 192 5 193 5 194 5 20 ENG 194 9 195 9 196 9 197 9 36

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 MNA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 IPS 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 MLW 291 5 292 5 293 5 294 5 20 MLW 295 5 296 5 10 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 PBA

395 8 40

IPS 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 (3) Qualification rules (1) Learners taking EUC191 and COL191 - 194 need only take two modules from

ENG194, ENG195, ENG196 and ENG197. (2) Learners taking CIT191 - CIT194 and COL191 - COL194 need not take any

English modules or, if they do not take COL191 - COL194 they need to take two modules from ENG194, ENG195, ENG196 and ENG197.

(3) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher need not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191 or MPR191 - MPR192 if they choose CIT191 - CIT194.

M7 Baccalaureus Administrationis (Information Management) Minimum of 405 credits (1) Admission

No new intake in 2004. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PBL 191 6 192 6 193 6 194 6 24 PLS 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32

191,195 9;4 193 9 STA 192 9 194 9

40

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32

291 14 293 6 295 11 31 CIT 292 6 294 3 296 11 20

PLS 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 PBL 292 5 293 5 10 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 CIT 391 12 395 11 392 12 396 13 48 (3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher need not

do MFA191, STM191, MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher need

not do MPR191 - MPR192. (3) The modules, CIT291 and CIT295 may be taken concurrently. (4) The modules, CIT393 and CIT395 may be taken concurrently. M8 Baccalaureus Administrationis (Local Government) Minimum of 366 credits (1) Admission

Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

(2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credits

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 MNA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PLS 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PBL 195 6 196 6 197 6 198 6 24 ECO 196 8 8 ENG 194 9 195 9 196 9 197 9 36

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Economic and Management Sciences

9

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) must take the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 MNA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 PLS 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 PBL 291 10 10 ECO ECP 290 8 8 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 391 8 392 8 393 8 395 8 32 MNA 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32

Learners need to take one module from the following: PLS 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 ECO 397 8 398 8

8

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners taking EUC191 must also take ENG194, ENG195, ENG196 and ENG197. (2) Learners taking CIT191 - CIT194 need only take one module from ENG194,

ENG195, ENG196 and ENG197. (3) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher need

not do MFA191, STM191 and MFN191. (4) MNA191 and PBA394 may not be taken for the same degree. M9 Baccalaureus Administrationis (Political Studies) Minimum of 364 credits (1) Admission No new intake in 2004. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PLS 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PBL 191 6 192 6 193 6 194 6 24 MNA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40 Learners who choose EUC191 must do two of the following modules: ENG 194 9 195 9 196 9 197 9 18

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

10

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules: MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 ECO ECP 290 8 297 8 293 8 294 8 32 PLS 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 PBL 292 5 293 5 10 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 391 8 392 8 393 8 395 8 32 PLS 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32

Learners must take one of the following: 392 8 ECO 396 8

8

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher need

not do MFA191, STM191and MFN191. (2) MNA191 and PBA394 may not be taken for the same degree. M10 Baccalaureus Administrationis (Public Finance) Minimum of 368 credits (1) Admission No new intake in 2004. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 PLS 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PBL 191 6 192 6 193 6 194 6 24

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Economic and Management Sciences

11

SECOND YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

PBA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 ECO ECP 290 8 297 8 293 8 294 8 32 PLS 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32

395 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 ECO 396 8

40

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191. M11 Baccalaureus Commercii Minimum of 360 credits (1 ) Admission

Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

(2 ) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ENG 198 9 199 9 ENH 190 9 ENH 191 9 36 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules if they choose STA:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

12

Learners may choose modules from any other courses totaling not less than 32 credits on level 5 from the following:

COL191, 192, 193, 194 EDU191, 192 GGR191, 192, 193, 194 IPS191, 192, 193, 194 MAT191, 192, 193, 194 MNA191, 192, 193, 194 PBA191, 192, 193, 194 PBL191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198 PLS191, 192, 193, 194 PRL191, 192, 193, 194 PSY191, 192, 193, 194, 195 SOC191, 192, 193, 194 STA191, 195, 192, 193, 194 SECOND YEAR

Learners must choose at least two of the following courses of 4 modules, one of which will be carried on with at level 6.

ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 ECO 297 8 ECP 290 8 293 8 294 8 32 BMA 291 8 292 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4

295 8 298 8 BMA 299 8 BMB290 8

16

Learners must choose modules totaling 44 credits on level 5.5 from the modules listed below:

AUD291, 292, 293, 294 ECO291, 292, 298, 299 CIT291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296 COL291, 292, 293 GGR291, 292, 293, 294 IPS291, 292, 293, 294 MAT291, 292, 293 MNA291, 292, 293, 294 MLW291, 292, 293. 294, 295, 296 PBA291, 292, 293, 294 PBL291, 292, 293 PLS291, 292, 293, 294 PRL291, 292, 293, 294 PSY291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296 or 297 STA291/295, 292/296, 293/ 297, 294/298 SOC291, 292, 293, 294, 295

Economic and Management Sciences

13

THIRD YEAR Learners must choose at least one of the following courses of 4 modules. The corresponding level 5.5 modules should have been passed ACC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32

391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 ECO 396 8 395 8 397 8 398 8 32

BMA 391 8 393 8 394 8 24 1 module from Q3

395 8 BMA 397 8

8

Learners must choose modules to the value of 40 credits, from the modules listed below: AUD391, 392, 393, 394 CIT391, 392, 393, 394, 395 COL391, 392, 393 GGR391, 392, 393, 394 IPS391, 392, 393, 394 MAC391, 392, 393, 394 MNA391, 392, 393, 394 PBA391, 392, 393, 394, 395 PLS391, 392, 393, 394 PRL391, 392, 393 PRL394, 395, 396 SOC391, 392, 393, 394 STA391/394, 392/395, 393/396 TAX391, 392, 393, 394 (3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher , need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher, need

not do MPR191 - MPR192 if they choose CIT191 - CIT194. (3) MNA191 and PBA394 may not be taken for the same degree. (4) It is recommended that ECO392 be taken with ECO396.

M12 Baccalaureus Commercii (Accounting and Business Management) Minimum of 360 credits

(1) Admission Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

(2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

14

ENG 198 9 199 9 ENH190 9 ENH191 9 36 COL 191 5 192 5 193 5 194 5 20 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners must take 1 PRL module PRL 191 12 192 12 12 Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 AUD 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 BMA 291 8 292 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 295 8 298 8 BMA 299 8 BMB290 8

16

Learners must choose credits totaling 16 credits from the following: ECO 297 8 ECP290 8 293 8 294 8 16 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 BMA 391 8 393 8 394 8 24

1 module from Q3 395 8 BMA 397 8

16

Learners must choose one module from the following: AUD 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 MAC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 TAX 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8

8

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191or MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher, need

not do MPR191 - MPR192.

Economic and Management Sciences

15

M13 Baccalaureus Commercii (Business Management and Economics) Minimum of 360 credits (1) Admission Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi

Campus. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ENG 198 9 199 9 ENH 190 9 ENH 191 9 36 COL 191 5 192 5 193 5 194 5 20 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners must take 1 PRL module PRL 191 12 192 12 12

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40 Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need

to do the following modules: MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8 Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need

to do the following modules STA: MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ECO 297 8 ECP290 8 293 8 294 8 32 BMA 291 8 292 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 295 8 298 8 BMA 299 8 BMB290 8

16

Learners must choose modules totaling 44 credits from the following modules: ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 COL 291 10 292 3 293 7 PRL 291 10 293 5 294 5

291 8 292 8 298 8 299 8 ECO 295 8 296 8 ECP291 8 ECP292 8

44

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

16

THIRD YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

ECO 395 8 392 8 397 8 394 8 32 BMA 391 8 393 8 394 8 24

1 module from Q3 395 8 BMA 397 8

8

Learners must choose one module from the following: COL 391 8 PRL 391 10 392 10

8

NB: Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol need not do

MFA191, STM191 and MFN191. M14 Baccalaureus Commercii (Business Management and Industrial Psychology)

Minimum of 360 credits (1) Admission Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi

Campus . (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules IPS 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners who choose EUC191 must do the following modules: ENG 198 9 199 9 ENH190 9 ENH191 9 36

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not at least having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules if they choose STA:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32

Economic and Management Sciences

17

SECOND YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

IPS 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 ECO 297 8 ECP290 8 293 8 294 8 32 BMA 291 8 292 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 295 8 298 8 BMA 299 8 BMB290 8

16

Learners must choose modules totaling 12 credits from the following: MLW 291 5 292 5 293 5 294 5 12 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules IPS 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 BMA 391 8 393 8 394 8 24

1 module from Q3 395 8 BMA 397 8

8

Learners must choose modules totaling at least 8 credits from the following: MLW 295 5 296 5 ECO 392 8 396 8 397 8 398 8

8

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191 or MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192. M15 Baccalaureus Commercii (Economics and Statistics) Minimum of 380 credits (1) Admission

Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

(2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32

191 9 193 9 192 9 194 9

STA

195 4 40

CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 BMA module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

18

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (C) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ECO 297 8 ECP290 8 293 8 294 8 32

291,295 10 292,297 10 STA 293,296 10 294,298 10

40

191 10 193 10 MAT 192 10 194 10

40

THIRD YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

ECO 392 8 396 8 397 8 398 8 32 391,394 20 392,395 10 STA

393,396 10 40

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (C) symbol or higher, need not do

MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192. M16 Baccalaureus Commercii (Financial Information Management)

Minimum of 404 credits (1) Admission

Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

(2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 BMA module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

COL 191 5 192 5 193 5 194 5 20 191,195 9;4 193 9 STA

192 9 194 9 40

CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Economic and Management Sciences

19

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules if they choose CIT and/or STA:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32

291 14 293 6 CIT 292 6 294 3 295 11

40

MAC Management Accounting at NQF-level 5.5 * 32 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 MAC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32

392 12 393 8 394 9 CIT 395 11

40

* Management Accounting at NQF-level 5.5 is not offered at the Mamelodi Campus. Students will have to complete modules to a minimum of 32 credits at another institution recommended by the Faculty.

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191 or MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192. (3) The prerequisite modules for MAC391 - 394 are ACC291 - 294 M17 Baccalaureus Commercii (Information Management) Minimum of 377 credits (1) Admission No new intake in 2004. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32

191,195 9;4 193 9 STA 192 9 194 9

40

CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

20

1 BMA module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules 291 14 293 6 CIT 292 6 294 3 295 11

40

291,295 10 293,297 10 STA 292,296 10 294,298 10

40

ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

392 12 393 8 394 9 CIT 395 11

40

391,394 20 392,395 10 STA 393,396 10

40

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192. M18 Baccalaureus Commercii (International Economics) Minimum of 362 credits (1) Admission No new intake in 2004. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32

191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 ECO 195 8

40

ENG 198 9 199 9 ENH190 9 ENH191 9 36

Economic and Management Sciences

21

PRL 191 12 192 12 24 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4

193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 Or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules if they choose STA:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

293 8 294 8 16 297 8 ECP290 8 298 8 299 8 24

ECO

ECP291 8 ECP292 8 16

Learners must choose modules totaling 52 credits from the following:

PRL 291 10 293 5 294 5 20 COL 291 10 292 3 293 7 20 BMA 291 8 292 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4

295 8 298 8 BMA 299 8 BMB290 8

16

THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

395 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 ECO 396 8

40

Learners must choose any four modules from the following: ECO 391 8 397 8 398 8 PRL 391 10 392 10 PRL 394 10 395 10

34

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191 or MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

22

M19 Baccalaureus Commercii (Law) Minimum of 376 credits

(1) Admission Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi

Campus. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ENG 193 18 ENH190 9 ENH191 9 36 PRL 191 12 192 12 PRL 193 6 194 6 195 10

46

BMA 191 8 192 8 16 1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4

193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 Or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules MLW 291 5 292 5 293 5 294 5 20 MLW 295 5 296 5 10 PRL 291 10 293 5 294 5 20

Learners must choose modules totaling 68 credits from the following: ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 ECO 291 292 293 294 295 296 298 299 297

8 ECP290

8 ECP291

8 ECP292

8

BMA 291 8 292 8 295 298 299

8 BMB290

8

68

THIRD YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

391 10 392 10 393 5 PRL 394 10 395 10 396 5

50

MLW 391 10 MLX391 5 MLX392 5 20

Economic and Management Sciences

23

Learners must choose modules totaling 24 credits from the following: ECO 392 8 396 8 397 8 398 8 BMA 391 8 393 8 394 8

24

1 module from Q3 395 8 BMA 397 8

8

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need not do

MFA191, STM191 or MFN191. (2) Learners who intend to follow a career in Law must take all the modules in Law and

Economics. M20 Baccalaureus Commercii (Monetary Economics) Minimum of 364 credits (1) Admission

No new intake in 2004. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32

191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 ECO 195 8 196 8

48

BMA 191 8 192 8 16 1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4

193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

COL 191 5 192 5 193 5 194 5 20 ENG 198 9 199 9 ENH190 9 ENH191 9 36

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ECO 297 8 293 8 294 8 ECP292 8

32

ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 AUD 291 8 292 8 294 8 295 8 32

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

24

Learners must choose modules totaling 12 credits from the following: 291 8 296 8 ECP291 8 295 8 ECP290 8

ECO

299 8 298 8 12

THIRD YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

TAX 391 8 392 8 393 8 24 395 8 392 8 397 8 ECO

396 8 32

Learners must choose modules totaling 16 credits from the following: ACC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 AUD 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8

16

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191 or MFN191. M21 Baccalaureus Commercii (Public Administration and Economics)

Minimum of 360 credits (1) Admission No new intake in 2004. (2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR

Code Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 PBA 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 ENG 198 9 199 9 ENH190 9 ENH191 9 36 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 BMA module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 Or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules if they choose CIT and/or STA:

Economic and Management Sciences

25

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 ECO 297 8 ECP290 8 293 8 294 8 32

Learners must choose modules totaling 44 credits from the following: MNA 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 PBL 291 10 292 5 293 5 20 THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules PBA 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32

395 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 ECO 396 8 8

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need not do

MFA191, STM191, MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need not do

MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192. (3) ECO392 must be taken with ECO396 M22 Baccalaureus Computationis Minimum of 480 credits (1) Admission

Refer to Rule G9 of the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus.

(2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4

193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

COL 191 5 192 5 193 5 194 5 20 191;195 9;4 193 9 STA

192 9 194 9 40

The following is an elective module

PAS 191 8 191 8 191 8 191 8 8

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

26

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules if they choose CIT and/or STA:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40 ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 AUD 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 COL 291 10 292 3 293 7 20

Learners need only take one of the following courses of four modules:

ECO 297 8 ECP290 8 293 8 294 8 32 BMA 291 8 292 8 16

Learners choosing BMA must select 1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4

295 8 298 8 BMA 299 8 BMB290 8

16

THIRD YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

291 14 293 6 CIT 292 6 294 3 296 11

40

ACC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 TAX 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 FOURTH YEAR MAC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 AUD 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 (3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need not do

MFA191, STM191, MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need not do

MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192. (3) It is strongly recommended that PAS191 be taken for this degree. M23 Baccalaureus Commercii Educationis Minimum of 552 credits (1) Admission

Economic and Management Sciences

27

No new intake in 2004.

(2) General structure of the degree FIRST YEAR Code Q1 Cr Q2 Cr Q3 Cr Q4 Cr Credit

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules EDU 191 18 192 18 36 ACC 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8 32 ECO 191 8 192 8 193 8 194 8 32 BMA 191 8 192 8 16

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 193 8 194 8 195 8 196 8

BMA

197 8 198 8 16

Learners must choose one of the following courses: 191 10 193 10 20 MAT 192 10 194 10 20

191;195 9;4 193 9 STA 192 9 194 9

40

COL 191 5 192 5 193 5 194 5 20 191 18 193 5 192 4 194 9

PSY

195 9 55

Learners must choose either: EUC 191 16 16 or CIT 191 12 192 8 193 12 194 8 40

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol, need to do the following modules:

MFA 191 16 16 STM 191 16 16 MFN 191 8 8

Learners not having at least Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol, need to do the following modules if they choose CIT and/or STA:

MPR 191 16 192 16 32 SECOND YEAR

The following modules are compulsory (core) modules EDU 291 18 292 18 36 PRT 191 8 8

Learners must choose all the modules of two of the following courses one of which will also be taken at level 6:

ACC 291 8 292 8 293 8 294 8 32 ECO 297 8 ECP290 8 293 8 294 8 32

291 20 292 10 MAT 293 10

40

BMA 291 8 292 8 16

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

28

1 module from Q3 and 1 from Q4 295 8 298 8 BMA 299 8 BMB290 8

16

THIRD YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

EDU 391 18 392 18 36 PRT 192 8 8

Learners must choose modules of one of the following courses: ACC 391 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32 ECO 395 8 392 8 393 8 394 8 32

391 15 393 15 MAT 392 15 394 15

60

BMA 391 8 393 8 394 8 24 1 module from Q3

395 8 BMA 397 8

8

FOURTH YEAR The following modules are compulsory (core) modules

PRT 193 8 8 EPS 291 16 292 16 32 LPR 191 16 16

Learners need to choose both modules of two of the following: ACC 395 16 396 16 32 BEC 391 16 392 16 32 ECO ECP391 16 ECP392 16 32 MAT 395 16 396 16 32 Learners need to choose one of the following modules: LNN 192 16 TVR 192 16 LTW 192 16

16

Learners need to choose two of the following: RED 191 16 SAO 192 16 OMC 192 16 SMU 192 16

32

(3) Qualification rules (1) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (F) or SG (E) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191 or MFN191. (2) Learners having Grade 12 Mathematics HG (E) or SG (D) symbol or higher, need

not do MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192. (3) Learners are advised to complete the programme in the order suggested by the

curriculum. (4) In the year in which a learner registers for Practical Teaching (PRT193), the learner

shall also register for at least two Subject Methodology courses. (5) Learners with at least one year’s relevant teaching experience in an approved

school or schools, may with the approval of the sub-head of the department concerned, be exempted from the practical teaching requirement.

Economic and Management Sciences

29

(6) Exemption from a language proficiency course in a particular language shall be granted to those learners who have: (a) passed a second-year level subject in that language at University level; or (b) passed a third-year level subject in that language at College level; or (c) passed the language proficiency examination conducted at the beginning of

the first semester. (7) Subject Methodology (ACC 395, BEC391, ECP391 and MAT395) and the

corresponding course at level 5.5 must be taken concurrently if the corresponding level 5.5 course has not yet been passed.

(8) In order to obtain the BComED degree cum laude, a learner shall obtain a combined average mark of at least 75%, in the following eight courses. (a) Education levels 5.0, 5.5 and 6.0 (b) the academic courses in the school sub-field of study taken up to level 6.0,

and (c) the academic courses in one school sub-field taken up to level 5.5.

(9) In Education Professional Studies (EPS291) a sub-minimum of 50% in the practical component and 40% in the theory component is required.

(10) A learner who has passed a computer course that complies with the requirements of the syllabus of EUC191 may, with the approval of the relevant Head of Department, be exempted from EUC191.

(4) Completion of curriculum (1) Either Statistics at NQF level 5 or Statistical Methods passed at NQF level 5 prior

to 2001 or MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192 (from 2001 onwards) will be recognised for the purpose of this degree.

(2) The curriculum shall be structured as follows: First study year (a) Education (EDU191 and EDU192). (b) Academic modules at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) (c) Academic modules at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) leading to second-year level

modules (NQF level 5.5) (d) Academic modules at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) leading to second-year level

modules (NQF level 5.5). (e) Academic modules at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) leading to second-year level

modules (NQF level 5.5). (f) MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191 - MPR192 or Grade 12 Mathematics HG

(C) symbol. (g) Either EUC191 or CIT191 - 194. Second study year (a Education (EDU291 and EDU292). (b) Academic modules at second-year level (NQF level 5.5). (c) Academic modules at second-year level (NQF level 5.5). (d) Academic modules at second-year level (NQF level 5.5). (e) Practical Teaching (PTR191). Third study year (a) Education (EDU391 and EDU392). (b) Academic modules at third-year level (NQF level 6.0) (c) Practical Teaching (PTR192). Fourth study year

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

30

(a) Religious Education at first-year level (NQF level 5.0) or, on written application by the student, another subject approved by the Faculty of Education or Orientation to School Media Centres (OMC192).

(b) Language Proficiency in English (LPR191) and in one of the approved languages, Tswana (LTW), Sepedi (LNN), Sesotho (LSS), Afrikaans (LVR), isiXhosa (LPX) or isiZulu (LPZ).

(c) One of the following modules: Orientation to School Media Centres (OMC192). School Music (SMU192). Sports Administration and Officiating (SAO192).

(d) Education Professional Studies (EPS191 and EPS192). (e),(f) Subject Methodology in two of the academic modules passed at second-year level

(NQF level 5.5). (g) Practical Teaching (PTR193). M24 Baccalaureus Administrationis Honores Entrance requirements: No new intake in 2004. Department of Public Administration I Endorsement: Public Administration (1) Duration

The curriculum extends over at least one academic year. (2) Curriculum (a) The curriculum comprises four written papers and a research essay. The papers

are the following: Paper 1 : Research methodology: (PBA793) Papers 2, 3 and 4: A choice of three from the following:

Public Policy (PBA791) Public Financial Management (PBA792) Human Resource Management (PBA794) Inter-governmental relations in South Africa (PBA795) Local Government Management (PBA797)

Paper 5 : Research Essay (PBA796)(approximately 10 000 words) (b) The research essay and each written paper shall carry the same weight. (c) Modules MNA291, MNA292, MNA293 and MNA294 on NQF level 5.5 are a

prerequisite for PBA797. (3) Completion of Curriculum (see also the general rules for honours degrees, in

the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus). (a) The final mark in each of the written papers is made up of 50% of the year mark

and 50% of the examination mark. (b) There is no year mark for the research essay, but to pass this paper a learner must

obtain a minimum of 50%. (c) The research essay (approximately 10 000 words) shall be on a topic selected by a

candidate and approved by the Head of Department. (See Faculty Brochure for date of submission).

Economic and Management Sciences

31

(d) Learners who wish to graduate the following year, must submit their research essays to the study leaders BEFORE or ON the last day of the examinations of the second term.

II Endorsement: Political Science (1) Duration

The curriculum extends over at least one academic year. (2) Curriculum (a) The curriculum comprises four written papers and a research essay. The papers

are the following:

Paper 1 : Research methodology: (PBA793) Papers 2, 3 and 4: A choice of three from the following:

Comparative Politics (PLS791) Political Dynamics (PLS792) Democracy and Change (PLS794) African Political Economy (PLS795) International Relations (PLS797)

Paper 5 : Research Essay (PLS796)(approximately 10 000 words) (b) The research essay and each written paper shall carry the same weight. (3) Completion of Curriculum (see also the general rules for honours degrees, in

the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus). (a) The final mark in each of the written papers is made up of 50% of the year mark

and 50% of the examination mark. (b) There is no year mark for the research essay, but to pass this paper a learner must

obtain a minimum of 50%. (c) The research essay (approximately 10 000 words) shall be on a topic selected by a

candidate and approved by the Head of Department. (See Faculty Brochure for date of submission).

(d) Learners who wish to graduate the following year, must submit their research essays to the study leaders BEFORE or ON the last day of the examinations of the second term.

III Endorsement: Public Administration and Political Science (1) Duration

The curriculum extends over at least one academic year. (2) Curriculum (a) The curriculum comprises four written papers and a research project. The papers

are the following:

Paper 1 : Research methodology: (PBA793) Paper 2 : Research Essay (PBA796 or PLS796) (approximately

10 000 words). Papers 3, 4 and 5: A choice of three from the following with the proviso that

one paper must be from PBA and one must be from PLS: Public Policy (PBA791)

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

32

Public Financial Management (PBA792) Human Resource Management (PBA794) Inter-governmental relations in South Africa (PBA795) Local Government Management (PBA797) Comparative Politics (PLS791) Political Dynamics (PLS792) Democracy and Change (PLS794) African Political Economy (PLS795) International Relations (PLS797)

(b) The research essay and each written paper shall carry the same weight. (3) Completion of Curriculum (see also the general rules for honours degrees, in

the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus). (a) The final mark in each of the written papers is made up of 50% of the year mark

and 50% of the examination mark. (b) There is no year mark for the research essay, but to pass this paper a learner must

obtain a minimum of 50%. (c) The research essay (approximately 10 000 words) shall be on a topic selected by a

candidate and approved by the Head of Department. (See Faculty Brochure for date of submission).

(d) Learners who wish to graduate the following year, must submit their research essays to the study leaders BEFORE or ON the last day of the examinations of the second term.

M25 Baccalaureus Commercii Honores Entrance requirements: No new intake in 2004. I Department of Business Management

Endorsement: Business Management (1) Duration

The curriculum extends over at least one academic year. (2) Curriculum (a) The curriculum comprises five written papers or four written papers and an

approved research essay selected from the following subjects, subject to the restrictions under (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) below:

Paper 1 : Strategic Management (BMA791) Paper 2 : Organisational Behaviour (BMA792) Paper 3 : Research Methodology and Techniques (BMA793) Papers 4 and 5 : A choice of two of the following:

Human Resources Management (BMA794) Marketing Management (BMA795) Advanced Problems in Business Finance (BMA796) Purchasing Management (BMA797) Entrepreneurship (BMA798)

Economic and Management Sciences

33

Research Essay (BMA799) (approximately 10 000 words). A paper at NQF level 7 from another department approved by the Head of the Department of Business Management.

(b) The research essay and each written paper shall carry the same weight. (c) The research essay is not compulsory, but is recommended for those learners who

may consider furthering their studies. (d) The selections offered in papers 4 and 5 may be limited by the expertise available

in the department. (e) A learner who has passed Marketing Research (BEC411 in the 1993 Calendar) will

receive exemption from Paper 3 (BMA793). (f) A learner who wishes to register for BMA799 must have successfully completed

BMA793 or enroll concurrently for BMA793 and BMA799. (g) A learner who wishes to register for BMA796 must have successfully completed

ACC193, ACC194, ACC195, ACC196 and STA191, STA195, STA192, STA193, STA194 or STM191, STM192, STM193 (prior to 2001) or MFA191, STM191, MFN191 and MPR191, MPR192 (post 2001).

(h) The curriculum of a student who at the end of 1993 passed one or more papers without completing the degree shall be determined by the Head of the Department of Business Management.

(3 ) Completion of Curriculum (see also the general rules for honours degrees, in

the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus) (a) The final mark in each of the written papers is made up of 50% of the year mark

and 50% of the examination mark. (b) There is no year mark for the research essay, but to pass this paper a learner must

obtain a minimum of 50%. (c) The research essay (approximately 10 000 words) shall be on a topic selected by a

candidate and approved by the Head of Department. (See Faculty Brochure for date of submission).

(d) Learners who wish to graduate the following year, must submit their research essays to the study leaders BEFORE or ON the last day of the examinations of the second term.

II Department of Economics

Endorsement: Economics (1) Duration

The curriculum extends over at least one academic year. (2 ) Curriculum (a) The curriculum comprises the following four written papers and an approved

research essay. Paper 1 : Macro-Economics (ECO791) Paper 2 : Micro-Economics (ECO792) Papers 3 and 4: A choice of two of the following:

Development Economics (ECO793) Econometrics (ECO794) Labour Economics (ECO795) Monetary Economics (ECO796)

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

34

Public Sector Economics (ECO797) Capita Selecta (ECO798) Economic Impact Assessment (ECP790) A paper at NQF level 7 from another department approved by the Head of the Department of Economics.

Paper 5 : Research essay (ECO799) (approximately 10 000 words)

(b) The research essay and each written paper shall carry the same weight. (c) The optional papers (papers 3 and 4) will not all be offered every year in the

department. The availability of optional papers will depend on departmental arrangements. (See Departmental Brochure in this regard.)

(d) The research essay (approximately 10 000 words) shall be on a topic selected by the candidate and approved by the Head of Department. (See Faculty Brochure for date of submission.)

(3) Completion of Curriculum (see also the general rules for honours degrees, in

the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus). (a) The final mark in each of the four written papers shall be made up of 50% of the

year mark and 50% of the examination mark. (b) No year mark is given in respect of the research essay, but to pass this paper a

learner must obtain a minimum of 50%. (c) Part-time learners shall register for not more than two written papers in any one

year. (d) Learners who wish to graduate the following year, must submit their research

essays tot he study leaders BEFORE or ON the last day of the examinations of the second term.

III Department of Public Administration

Endorsement: Public Administration (1) Duration

The curriculum extends over at least one academic year.

(2) Curriculum (a) The curriculum comprises four written papers and a research essay of

approximately 10 000 words. The papers are the following: Paper 1: Research methodology (PBA793) Papers 2, 3 and 4: A choice of three of the following:

Public Financial Management (PBA792) Public Policy (PBA791) Human Resource Management (PBA794) Inter-governmental relations in South Africa (PBA795) Local Government Management (PBA797) A paper at NQF level 7 from another department approved by the Head of the Department of Public Administration.

Paper 5: Research essay (PBA796)(approximately 10 000 words) (b) The research essay and each written paper shall carry the same weight. (3) Completion of Curriculum (see also the general rules for honours degrees, in

the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus).

Economic and Management Sciences

35

(a) The final mark in each of the four written papers shall be made up of 50% of the year mark and 50% of the examination mark.

(b) No year mark is given in respect of the research essay, but to pass this paper a learner must obtain a minimum of 50%.

(c) A part-time learner and a learner electing to take the curriculum over a longer period than one year shall register for papers 1 and 2 in the first year of study and for the required two further papers and the research essay in the second year of study.

(d) The research essay (approximately 10 000 words) shall be on a topic selected by the candidate and approved by the Head of Department.

(e) Learners who wish to graduate the following year, must submit their research essays to the study leaders BEFORE or ON the last day of the examinations of the second term.

M26 Magister Administrationis

Endorsements: Public Administration (PBA891)

No new intake in 2004. (1) Duration

At least two years (2) Curriculum

The curriculum shall consist of a dissertation in the chosen field of study. Note: See the general rules for Masters degrees, in the General Rules for Qualifications

offered at the Mamelodi Campus and the relevant departmental brochures for information.

M27 Philosophiae Doctor

Endorsements: Business Management (BMA991) Economics (ECO991)

No new intake in 2004. (1) Duration

At least two years (2) Curriculum

The curriculum shall consist of a thesis in the chosen field of study.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

36

List of new and previous subject codes New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

ACC 191 ACC5001 ACC 192 ACC5002 ACC 193 ACC5003 ACC 194 ACC5004 ACC 195 ACC5005 ACC 196 ACC5006 ACC 291 ACC5501 ACC 292 ACC5502 ACC 293 ACC5503 ACC 294 ACC5504 ACC 391 ACC6001 ACC 392 ACC6002 ACC 393 ACC6003 ACC 394 ACC6004 ACC 395 ACC60M1 ACC 396 ACC60M2 AUD 291 AUD5501 AUD 292 AUD5502 AUD 293 AUD5503 AUD 294 AUD5504 AUD 391 AUD6001 AUD 392 AUD6002 AUD 393 AUD6003 AUD 394 AUD6004 BEC391 BEC60M1 BEC392 BEC60M2 BMA 191 BMA5001 BMA 192 BMA5002 BMA 193 BMA5003 BMA 194 BMA5004 BMA 195 BMA5005 BMA 196 BMA5006 BMA 197 BMA5007 BMA 198 BMA5008 BMA 291 BMA5501 BMA 292 BMA5502 BMA 295 BMA5505 BMA 298 BMA5508 BMA 299 BMA5509 BMA 391 BMA6001 BMA 393 BMA6003 BMA 394 BMA6004 BMA 395 BMA6005 BMA 397 BMA6007 BMA 791 BMA7001 BMA 792 BMA7002

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

BMA 793 BMA7003 BMA 794 BMA7004 BMA 795 BMA7005 BMA 796 BMA7006 BMA 798 BMA7008 BMA 799 BMA7009 BMA 991 BMA8500 BMB 290 BMA5510 CIT 191 CIT5001 CIT 192 CIT5002 CIT 193 CIT5003 CIT 194 CIT5004 CIT 291 CIT5501 CIT 292 CIT5502 CIT 293 CIT5503 CIT 294 CIT5504 CIT 295 CIT5505 CIT 296 CIT5506 CIT 391 CIT6001 CIT 392 CIT6002 CIT 393 CIT6003 CIT 394 CIT6004 CIT 395 CIT6005 CIT 396 CIT6522 COL 191 COL5001 COL 192 COL5002 COL 193 COL5003 COL 194 COL5004 COL 291 COL5501 COL 292 COL5502 COL 293 COL5503 COL 391 COL6001 COL 392 COL6002 COL 393 COL6003 ECO 191 ECO5001 ECO 192 ECO5002 ECO 193 ECO5003 ECO 194 ECO5004 ECO 195 ECO5005 ECO 196 ECO5006 ECO 197 ECO5007 ECO 291 ECO5501 ECO 292 ECO5502 ECO 293 ECO5503 ECO 294 ECO5504 ECO 295 ECO5505

Economic and Management Sciences

37

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

ECO 296 ECO5506 ECO 297 ECO5507 ECO 298 ECO5508 ECO 299 ECO5509 ECO 391 ECO6001 ECO 392 ECO6002 ECO 393 ECO6003 ECO 394 ECO6004 ECO 395 ECO6005 ECO 396 ECO6006 ECO 397 ECO6007 ECO 398 ECO6008 ECO 791 ECO7001 ECO 792 ECO7002 ECO 793 ECO7003 ECO 794 ECO7004 ECO 795 ECO7005 ECO 796 ECO7006 ECO 797 ECO7007 ECO 798 ECO7008 ECO 799 ECO7009 ECO 891 ECO8000 ECO 991 ECO8500 ECP 290 ECO5510 ECP 291 ECO5511 ECP 292 ECO5512 ECP 391 ECO60M1 ECP 392 ECO60M2 ECP790 ECO7010 EDU 191 EDU5001 EDU 192 EDU5002 EDU 291 EDU5501 EDU 292 EDU5502 EDU 293 EDU55P1 EDU 294 EDU55P2 EDU 391 EDU6001 EDU 392 EDU6002 EDU 791 EDU7020 EDU 792 EDU7021 EDU 793 EDU7022 EDU 794 EDU7025 EDU 795 EDU7026 EDU 796 EDU7031 EDU 797 EDU7033 EDU 798 EDU7040 EDU 799 EDU7041 EDU 891 EDU8000 EDU 892 EDU8020

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

EDU 893 EDU8021 EDU 894 EDU8022 EDU 895 EDU8023 EDU 896 EDU8031 EDU 897 EDU8032 EDU 898 EDU8033 EDU 899 EDU8034 EDU 991 EDU8500 EDW 790 EDU7042 EDW 791 EDU7043 EDW 792 EDU7044 EDW 793 EDU7051 EDW 794 EDU7052 EDW 795 EDU7053 EDW 796 EDU7055 EDW 797 EDU7061 EDW 798 EDU7062 EDW 799 EDU7064 EDW 890 EDU8050 ENG 191 ENG5001 ENG 192 ENG5002 ENG 193 ENG5003 ENG 194 ENG5004 ENG 195 ENG5005 ENG 196 ENG5006 ENG 197 ENG5007 ENG 198 ENG5008 ENG 199 ENG5009 ENG 291 ENG5501 ENG 292 ENG5502 ENG 391 ENG6001 ENG 392 ENG6002 ENG 393 ENG60M1 ENG 394 ENG60M2 ENG 791 ENG7017 ENH 190 ENG5010 ENH 191 ENG5011 EUC 191 EUC5001 GGR 191 GGR5001 GGR 192 GGR5002 GGR 193 GGR5003 GGR 194 GGR5004 GGR 291 GGR5501 GGR 292 GGR5502 GGR 293 GGR5503 GGR 294 GGR5504 GGR 391 GGR6001 GGR 392 GGR6002

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

38

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

GGR 393 GGR6003 GGR 394 GGR6004 GGR 395 GGR60M1 GGR 396 GGR60M2 HIS 195 HIS5005 HIS 196 HIS5006 HIS 197 HIS5007 HIS 198 HIS5008 HIS 199 HIS5009 HIS 292 HIS5502 HIS 293 HIS5503 HIS 295 HIS5505 HIS 296 HIS5506 HIS 298 HIS5508 HIS 299 HIS5509 HIS 391 HIS6001 HIS 392 HIS6002 HIS 393 HIS6003 HIS 394 HIS6004 HIS 395 HIS60M1 HIS 396 HIS60M2 HIT 290 HIS5510 IPS 191 IPS5001 IPS 192 IPS5002 IPS 193 IPS5003 IPS 194 IPS5004 IPS 291 IPS5501 IPS 292 IPS5502 IPS 293 IPS5503 IPS 294 IPS5504 IPS 391 IPS6001 IPS 392 IPS6002 IPS 393 IPS6003 IPS 394 IPS6004 MAC 391 MAC6001 MAC 392 MAC6002 MAC 393 MAC6003 MAC 394 MAC6004 MAT 395 MAT60M1 MAT 396 MAT60M2 MFA 191 MFA5001 MFA 192 MFA5002 MFA 193 MFA5003 MFN 191 MFN5001 MLW 190 MLW100 MLW 191 MLW100A MLW 192 MLW100B MLW 290 MLW200

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

MLW 291 MLW200A MLW 291 MLW5501 MLW 292 MLW200B MLW 292 MLW5502 MLW 293 MLW5503 MLW 294 MLW5504 MLW 295 MLW5511 MLW 296 MLW5512 MLW 391 MLW6001 MLW 490 MLW400 MLW 791 MLW7001 MLW 792 MLW7002 MLW 793 MLW7011 MLW 794 MLW7021 MLW 795 MLW7022 MLW 796 MLW7031 MLW 797 MLW7032 MLX 391 MLW6011 MLX 392 MLW6012 MNA 191 MNA5001 MNA 192 MNA5002 MNA 193 MNA5003 MNA 194 MNA5004 MNA 291 MNA5501 MNA 292 MNA5502 MNA 293 MNA5503 MNA 294 MNA5504 MNA 391 MNA6001 MNA 392 MNA6002 MNA 393 MNA6003 MNA 394 MNA6004 MPR 191 MPR5001 PAS 191 PAS5001 PBA 191 PBA5001 PBA 192 PBA5002 PBA 193 PBA5003 PBA 194 PBA5004 PBA 291 PBA5501 PBA 292 PBA5502 PBA 293 PBA5503 PBA 294 PBA5504 PBA 391 PBA6001 PBA 392 PBA6002 PBA 393 PBA6003 PBA 394 PBA6004 PBA 395 PBA6005 PBA 791 PBA7001 PBA 792 PBA7002

Economic and Management Sciences

39

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

PBA 793 PBA7003 PBA 794 PBA7004 PBA 795 PBA7005 PBA 796 PBA7006 PBA 797 PBA7007 PBA 891 PBA8000 PBL 191 PBL5001 PBL 192 PBL5002 PBL 193 PBL5003 PBL 194 PBL5004 PBL 195 PBL5005 PBL 196 PBL5006 PBL 197 PBL5007 PBL 198 PBL5008 PBL 291 PBL5501 PBL 292 PBL5511 PBL 293 PBL5512 PBL 791 PBL7001 PBL 792 PBL7002 PBL 793 PBL7003 PBL 794 PBL7004 PBL 795 PBL7011 PBL 796 PBL7012 PBL 797 PBL7021 PBL 798 PBL7022 PBL 799 PBL7031 PBL 891 PBL8000 PBM 791 PBL7032 PBM 792 PBL7050 PLS 191 PLS5001 PLS 191 PLS5001 PLS 192 PLS5002 PLS 192 PLS5002 PLS 193 PLS5003 PLS 193 PLS5003 PLS 194 PLS5004 PLS 194 PLS5004 PLS 291 PLS5501 PLS 292 PLS5502 PLS 293 PLS5503 PLS 294 PLS5504 PLS 391 PLS6001 PLS 392 PLS6002 PLS 393 PLS6003 PLS 394 PLS6004 PLS 791 PLS7001 PLS 792 PLS7004 PLS 793 PLS7006

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

PLS 794 PLS7007 PRL 191 PRL5001 PRL 192 PRL5002 PRL 193 PRL5011 PRL 194 PRL5012 PRL 195 PRL5021 PRL 291 PRL5501 PRL 292 PRL5531 PRL 293 PRL5541 PRL 294 PRL5542 PRL 391 PRL6001 PRL 392 PRL6002 PRL 393 PRL6003 PRL 394 PRL6011 PRL 395 PRL6012 PRL 396 PRL6013 PRL 791 PRL7001 PRL 792 PRL7002 PRL 793 PRL7003 PRL 794 PRL7004 PRL 795 PRL7007 PRL 796 PRL7009 PSY 191 PSY5001 PSY 192 PSY5002 PSY 193 PSY5003 PSY 194 PSY5004 PSY 195 PSY5005 PSY 291 PSY5501 PSY 292 PSY5502 PSY 293 PSY5503 PSY 294 PSY5504 PSY 295 PSY5505 PSY 296 PSY5506 PSY 297 PSY5507 PSY 391 PSY6001 PSY 392 PSY6002 PSY 393 PSY6003 PSY 394 PSY6004 PSY 395 PSY6005 PSY 396 PSY60M1 PSY 397 PSY60M2 PSY 791 PSY7005 PSY 792 PSY7008 PSY 793 PSY7010 PSY 794 PSY7012 PSY 795 PSY7014 PSY 796 PSY70P6 PSY 797 PSY70P7

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

40

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

PSY 891 PSY8000 PSY 892 PSY8011 PSY 893 PSY8021 PSY 894 PSY8031 PSY 895 PSY8041 PSY 896 PSY8042 PSY 897 PSY8051 PSY 898 PSY8061 PSY 899 PSY8062 PSY 991 PSY8500 PSZ 891 PSY8071 SOC 191 SOC5001 SOC 192 SOC5002 SOC 193 SOC5003 SOC 194 SOC5004 SOC 291 SOC5501 SOC 292 SOC5502 SOC 293 SOC5503 SOC 294 SOC5504 SOC 295 SOC5505 SOC 391 SOC6001 SOC 392 SOC6002 SOC 394 SOC6004 SOC 396 SOC6006 SOC 791 SOC7001 SOC 792 SOC7002 SOC 797 SOC7007

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

SOC 798 SOC7008 STA 191 STA5001 STA 192 STA5002 STA 193 STA5003 STA 194 STA5004 STA 195 STA50P1 STA 291 STA6001 STA 292 STA6002 STA 293 STA6003 STA 294 STA6004 STA 295 STA60P1 STA 296 STA60P2 STA 297 STA60P3 STA 298 STA60P4 STA 391 STA6005 STA 392 STA6006 STA 393 STA6007 STA 394 STA60P5 STA 395 STA60P6 STA 396 STA60P7 STM 191 STM5001 TAX 391 TAX6001 TAX 392 TAX6002 TAX 393 TAX6003 TAX 394 TAX6004

Education

1

Divider Page

Yellow

(Education)

Education

1

FACULTY OF EDUCATION

MAMELODI CAMPUS Please note:

The information contained in this Calendar is subject to a continuous process of review. The University therefore reserves the right to make alterations to the information contained in this Calendar without prior notice.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

RULES FOR THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION E1 Degrees, diplomas and certificates The following degrees, diplomas and certificates are offered at the Mamelodi Campus in the Faculty of Education: Diploma in Education (Secondary Phase)* DESP* Postgraduate qualifications Higher Diploma in Education (Postgraduate)* HDE* Baccalaureus Educationis Honores* BEDHON* Endorsements:

General Management in Education TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of

Other Languages) Psychology of Education

Magister Educationis (Course Work)* MED CW* Endorsements:

Cognitive Education Management in Education Psychology of Education Special Needs and Support Services

Magister Educationis* MED* Philosophiae Doctor* PHD E* * No new intake in 2004 Diploma in Education (Secondary Phase) E2 Admission No new intake in 2004. E3 Duration of study The minimum duration of study for the Diploma in Education (Secondary Phase) is three academic years. E4 General structure of diploma

FIRST YEAR

MODULE CODE CREDITS

Education EDU191 EDU192

18 18

C C

Two module groups at NQF level 5.0 selected from Group A and/or B below, and one module groups at NQF level 5.0 selected from Group B or C.

.................

.................

.................

20/32/36/40 20/32/36/40 20/32/36/40

E E E

Education

3

SECOND YEAR

Two module groups at NQF level 5.5 (following on those selected for the first year) (see Group A, B or C).

...............

.............. 20/32/36/40 20/32/36/40

E E

Language Proficiency in English LPR191 16 C

Another language proficiency, selected from Group D below

.... 192 16 E

Orientation to School Media Centres or Sports Administration or another module with equal/more credits approved by the Head of the Department of Professional Education

OMC192 SAO192.

16 16

E E

End User Computing EUC191 16 C

THIRD YEAR

Education Professional Studies EPS291 EPS292

16 16

C C

Subject Methodology in two subjects as listed in Group E below, corresponding as indicated to the module groups in Group A, B or C below and the latter having been passed at level 5.5

...39…

...39… and .... 39… .... 39…

16 16 16 16

E E E E

Practical Teaching PRT193 8 C

Education EDU391 18 C

GROUP A

Academic module groups

FIRST YEAR: LEVEL 5.0 SECOND YEAR: LEVEL 5.5

MODULE CODE

CR

ED

ITS

MODULE CODE

CR

ED

ITS

Accountancy ACC193 ACC193 ACC195 ACC196

8 8 8 8

E Accountancy ACC291 ACC292 ACC293 ACC294

8 8 8 8

E

Afrikaans AFR191 AFR192

18 18

E Afrikaans AFR291 AFR292

18 18

E

Business BMA191 BMA192

8 8

E Business BMA291 BMA292

8 8

E

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

GROUP A

Academic module groups

FIRST YEAR: LEVEL 5.0 SECOND YEAR: LEVEL 5.5

Management BMA193 BMA194

8 8

Management BMA295 BMA299

8 8

Commercial Law

COL191 COL192 COL193 COL194

5 5 5 5

E Commercial Law

COL291 COL292 COL293

10 3 7

E

Economics ECO191 ECO192 ECO193 ECO194

8 8 8 8

E Economics ECO293 ECO294 ECO297 ECP290

8 8 8 8

E

English ENG191 ENG192

18 18

E English ENG291 ENG292

18 18

E

Geography GGR191 GGR192 GGR193 GGR194

10 10 10 10

E Geography GGR291 GGR292 GGR293 GGR294

10 10 10 10

E

History HIS195 HIS197 HIS198 HIS199

9 9 9 9

E

History HIS292 HIS293 HIS296 HIT290

9 9 9 9

E

Northern Sotho Tswana Tswana

NSO193 NSO194 TSW193 TSW194

18 18 18 18

E Northern Sotho Tswana Tswana

NSO293 NSO294 TSW293 TSW294

18 18 18 18

E

GROUP B

Academic module groups FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR

MODULE CODE

CR

ED

ITS

MODULE CODE

CR

ED

ITS

Chemistry CHE191 CHE195 CHE192 CHE196 CHE193 CHE197 CHE194 CHE198

8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2

E Chemistry CHE291 CHE295 CHE292 CHE296 CHE293 CHE297 CHE294 CHE298

8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2

E

Education

5

Mathematics MAT 191 MAT 192 MAT 193 MAT 194

10 10 10 10

E Mathematics MAT291 MAT292 MAT293

16 8 8

E

Physics PHY191 PHY195 PHY192 PHY196 PHY193 PHY197 PHY194 PHY198

8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2

E Physics PHY291 PHY295 PHY292 PHY296 PHY293 PHY297 PHY294 PHY298

10 2 8 2 8 2 8 2

E

GROUP C

Additional Science Modules

FIRST YEAR

MODULE CODE

CR

ED

ITS

MODULE CODE

CR

ED

ITS

Basic Chemistry Basic Physics Physiology

BCH191 BCH192 BPH191 BPH192 PHS191 PHS192

6 2 6 2 6 2

E

GROUP D

Language proficiency

MODULE CODE CREDITS TYPE

One of: Afrikaans Northern Sotho Tswana

TVR192 LNN192 LTW192

16 16 16

C

GROUP E

Subject methodology Corresponding academic module group in which the University offers subject methodology

ACC395 ACC396

Accountancy

AFR395 AFR396

Afrikaans

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

GROUP E Subject methodology Corresponding academic module group in which

the University offers subject methodology

BEC391 BEC392

Business Management

ECP391 ECP392

Economics

ENG393 ENG394

English

GGR395 GGR396

Geography

HIS395 HIS396

History

MAT395 MAT396

Mathematics

NSO396 NSO397

Northern Sotho

TSW396 Tswana

Selection of modules (1) Elective (E) modules are selected as follows:

­ Second Language endorsement: Students select one module in Group D as a second language endorsement.

­ Academic subjects: Students select two subjects from Group A and /or Group B with modules on the appropriate NQF level 5 and 5.5

­ Compulsory science subject: At least one set of modules must be selected from Group B or Group C on NQF level 5.

(2) Approved school subjects for DESP

The following are approved school subjects in which the University offers methodology for the DESP:

Accounting or Accountancy( ACC) Sotho Languages:

Northern Sotho (NSO) Tswana (TSW)

Afrikaans (or Afrikaans-Nederlands) (AFR) Business Economics (BEC) Economics (ECO) English (ENG) Geography (GGR) Mathematics (MAT) History (HIS) Physical Science (PSC)

(3) The following are approved school subjects in which the University does not offer

methodology: African Languages:

Education

7

Shona Southern Sotho Swati Tsonga Venda Xhosa Zulu

Agricultural Subjects: Agricultural Economics Animal Husbandry/Animal Production/Genetics Field Husbandry/Agronomony Pasture Management/Plant Production Soil Science

Biblical Studies Biology Botany Business Administration Chemistry Fine Arts Subjects:

Art (Practical) Drawing and Painting (Practical) Graphic Art (Practical) Sculpture (Practical) Ceramics (Practical) Printmaking (Practical) Design History of Art Industrial Art

French German Greek Hebrew Italian Latin Mercantile Law/Commercial Law Music Physical Education/Human Movement Studies Physics Physiology Portuguese School Librarianship Spanish Speech Training and Dramatic Art Technical Subjects:

Machine Design/Technical Drawing Technika: Electrical, Electronical, Mechanical or Civil

Typing Zoology

(4) Language endorsement requirements

Language proficiency in at least English and one other language, one of which should have been passed at a higher or lower level signified as follows: Competence

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

in a particular language on a higher level will be indicated by a capital letter endorsement if the student has passed the language mentioned below. Competence in a particular language on a lower level will be indicated by a small letter endorsement if the student complies with the institutional requirements.

(a) The possession of an approved educational qualification with a language endorsement in at least English and one other language will be a requirement for appointment in a permanent capacity.

(b) Languages approved for employment in Education and the

corresponding language proficiency codes for modules offered by the University: Codes: Afrikaans (TVR192) Arabic English (LPR191) French German Greek Hebrew Indian Languages Gujarati/Hindi/Tamil/Telugu/Urdu isiXhosa isiZulu Italian Latin Portuguese Sepedi (Northern Sotho) (LNN192) Sesotho (Southern Sotho) Setswana (Tswana) (LTW192) Spanish

(5) Subject Methodologies and the corresponding academic modules at the required

level shall be taken simultaneously if the corresponding academic modules has not yet been passed at the required level. Credit for methodologies shall be granted only if the corresponding academic modules have also been passed within a period of two years.

Higher Diploma in Education (Postgraduate) E5 Admission No new intake in 2004. E6 Duration of study The minimum duration of study for the Higher Diploma in Education (postgraduate) is one academic year for full-time study and two academic years for part-time study.

Education

9

E7 General structure of the diploma

MODULE CODE CR

Education EDU293 EDU294 OR in the case of a student having passed EDU391 and 392, a minimum of 36 credits at NQF level 5.0 or 5.5 or 6.0 in one subject corresponding with an approved school subject

8 11

C C

Education Professional Studies EPS291 EPS292

16 16

C C

Subject Methodology in two academic subjects passed at NQF level 5.5 in accordance with E8 and E9 below. Note the requirements regarding AGR, MAT and PSC 395 and 2 in E30 below.

***39… ***39… and ***39… ***39…

16 16 16 16

E E

E E

Practical Teaching PRT193 8 C

Language Proficiency in English LPR191 16 C

One other language proficiency, selected from Afrikaans Northern Sotho Tswana

TVR192 LNN192 LTW192

16

E

One of the following: End User Computing Orientation to School Media Centres School Music Sports Administration and Officiating

EUC191 OMC192 SMU192 SAO192

16

E

E8 School subjects and language proficiencies for the HDE (1) The following are approved school subjects in which the University offers methodology:

Accounting (or Accountancy) ACC Agriculture (distance tuition only) Sotho Languages:

Northern Sotho (NSO) Tswana (TSW)

Afrikaans (or Afrikaans-Nederlands) (AFR) Business Economics (BEC) Economics (ECO) English (ENG) Geography (GGR) Mathematics (MAT)

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

10

History (HIS) Psychology (PSY) Physical Science (PSC)

(2) The following are approved school subjects in which the University does not offer

methodology: African Languages:

Shona Southern Sotho Swati Tsonga Venda

Xhosa Zulu

Agricultural Subjects: Agricultural Economics Animal Husbandry/Animal Production/Genetics Field Husbandry/Agronomony Pasture Management/Plant Production Soil Science

Biology Biblical Studies Botany Business Administration Chemistry Fine Arts Subjects:

Art (Practical) Drawing and Painting (Practical) Graphic Art (Practical) Sculpture (Practical) Ceramics (Practical) Printmaking (Practical) Design History of Art Industrial Art

French German Greek Hebrew Italian Latin

Mercantile Law/Commercial Law Music Subjects:

Class music Harmony/Harmony and Counterpoint/Harmony, Counterpoint & Composition History of Music Instrumental Music Musical Form Music (Practical) Physical Education/Human Movement Studies Physics Physiology Portuguese

Education

11

School Librarianship Spanish Speech Training and Dramatic Art Technical Subjects: Machine Design/Technical Drawing Technika: Electrical, Electronical, Mechanical or Civil Typing Zoology (3) The University does not offer methodology in the school subjects mentioned above.

Any person who wishes to register for this Diploma and intends to include the methodology in any of these school subjects, shall obtain written permission from the Dean of the Faculty of Education or his/her representative before he/she may register for this diploma.

(4) Language endorsement requirements

(a) Language proficiency in at least English and one other official language, one of which should have been passed at a higher or lower level signified as follows: Competence in a particular language on a higher level will be indicated by a capital letter endorsement if the student has passed the language mentioned below. Competence in a particular language on a lower level will be indicated by a small letter endorsement if the student complies with the institutional requirements.

(b) The possession of an approved educational qualification with a language endorsement in at least English and one other official language will be a requirement for appointment in a permanent capacity.

(5) Languages approved for employment in Education and the corresponding language proficiency codes for modules offered by the University:

Code Afrikaans (TVR192) Arabic English (LPR191) French German Greek Hebrew Indian Languages

Gujarati/Hindi/Tamil/Telugu/Urdu isiXhosa isiZulu Italian Latin Portuguese Sepedi (Northern Sotho) (LNN 192) Sesotho (Southern Sotho) Setswana (Tswana) (LTW192) Spanish

E9 Completion of the Curriculum (1) A student who has an approved degree and has included Mathematics at least at NQF

level 5.5 in the degree may complete the curriculum with a teaching method in Mathematics only.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

12

(2) A student who has acquired at least 96 credits in an agricultural subject at NQF level 6.0, but not another school subject at NQF level 5.5, may complete the curriculum with only the methodology in the appropriate agricultural subject.

(3) A student who has credits in Physics and Chemistry at least 40 at NQF level 5.0 in each and at least 40 at NQF level 5.5 in either one, may complete the curriculum with a teaching method in Physical Science only.

(4) Subject Methodologies and the corresponding academic modules at the required level shall be taken simultaneously if the corresponding academic modules have not yet been passed at the required level. Credit for methodologies shall be granted only if the corresponding academic modules have also been passed within a period of two years. The methodology modules and the corresponding academic modules for Physical Science are PHY modules adding to at least 40 credits on level 5.0 and CHE modules adding to at least 40 credits on level 5.0 and in either PHY or CHE, an additional 40 credits on NQF level 5.5.

(5) The Higher Diploma in Education cannot be conferred on a student unless the bachelor’s degree has been completed.

(6) Students with at least one year’s relevant teaching experience in an approved school or schools may, with the approval of the sub-head of the department concerned, be exempted from the practical teaching requirement.

(7) Exemption from a language proficiency module in a particular language shall be granted to those students who have: (a) passed at least 32 credits at NQF level 5.5 in that language; or (b) RPL equivalent

or (c) passed the language proficiency examination conducted at the beginning of the

first semester. These students shall be entitled to a capital letter endorsement in that specific language.

(8) In Education Professional Studies 291 and 292 a subminimum of 50% in the practical component and 40% in the theory component is required.

(9) In order to obtain the Higher Diploma in Education cum laude, a student shall obtain a combined average of at least 75% in the module marks of all the modules prescribed for the diploma.

(10) A student who has credits that comply with the requirements of the syllabus of EUC191 may with the approval of the Head of Computer Science and Information Systems be exempted from EUC191.

Baccalaureus Educationis Honores

E10 (1) Endorsements: · General Education*

* This option is only open to students who have been registered previously and are in the process of completing the programme. No new students will be admitted.

(2) A person shall not be entitled to the privileges attached to a degree until such degree

has been awarded to him/her by the University. E11 Admission No new intake in 2004.

Education

13

E12 Duration of study (1) The minimum duration of study for the Baccalaureus Educationis Honores Degree is

one year of full-time study, or two years of part-time study. The latter is recommended.

(2) The maximum period of study is four years. Extension may be granted by Senate only in exceptional cases on submission of a motivated application and a recommendation of the head of the department concerned.

E13 Offering of curricula leading to the BEDHON degree The offering of a Baccalaureus Educationis Honores Degree in a particular field of study depends on the availability of qualified lecturers and the number of interested students. Full-time students will be allowed to register only if they have no other full-time commitments. E14 Curriculum The curriculum comprises ten modules, to be selected in accordance with the rules applicable to the specific endorsement below. The full range of modules are listed in the table below.

MODULE

Code Title Credit

EDU791 FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 12 E

EDU792 DEVELOPMENTAL AND LEARNING PSYCHOLOGY 12 E

EDU793 SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL NEEDS 12 E

EDU794 SEXUALITY EDUCATION AND LIFE SKILLS 12 E

EDU795 HIV/AIDS EDUCATION 12 E

EDU796 DIDACTICS 12 C

EDU797 CURRICULUM STUDIES 12 C

EDU798 FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT 12 E

EDU799 THE SCHOOL AS AN ORGANIZATION 12 E

EDW790 SCHOOL LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT 12 E

EDW791 AREAS OF SCHOOL MANAGEMENT 12 E

EDW 792 EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND THE LAW 12 E

EDW794 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH IN EDUCATION 12 C

EDW795 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN EDUCATION 12 C

EDW796 RESEARCH ESSAY IN EDUCATION 12 C

EDW797 INTRODUCTION TO SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION

12 E

EDW798 LANGUAGE TEACHING METHODOLOGY 12 E

EDW799 TESOL: READING, WRITING & ACCURACY 12 E

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

14

E15 Exemption from modules and papers passed elsewhere (1) A student who has studied at another university, but who has not completed a

BEDHON degree may, by virtue of modules and papers passed at that university, apply for exemption from modules and/or papers at this University provided that exemption shall not be granted in more than the equivalent of 5 modules, of which a maximum of 2 may be non-corresponding.

(2) A student shall not be exempted from any module or paper passed for a completed honours degree.

(3) A student who has studied at another university may, by virtue of modules and papers passed at that university, apply to the Head of Department of Postgraduate Education for exemption from two modules or one paper not corresponding to modules or a paper offered by the University.

Baccalaureus Educationis Honores: General (Academic Focus): Part-time only E16 General structure of the degree

MODULE

Code Name Credit

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER ONE

EDU 792 DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING PSYCHOLOGY 12 E

EDU796 DIDACTICS 12 C

EDU799 THE SCHOOL AS AN ORGANIZATION 12 E

SEMESTER TWO

EDU793 SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL NEEDS 12 E

EDU797 CURRICULUM STUDIES 12 C

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER ONE

EDW794 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH IN EDUCATION 12 C

EDW795 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN EDUCATION 12 C

EDU795 HIV/AIDS EDUCATION 12 E

SEMESTER TWO

EDU794 SEXUALITY EDUCATION AND LIFE SKILLS 12 E

EDW790 SCHOOL LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT 12 E

E17 Completion of the Curriculum The curriculum shall be completed as follows: ­ EDU796, EDU797, EDW794 and EDW795 are compulsory modules. ­ Students must do any six (6) additional modules from he following:

EDU 792; EDU793; EDU794; EDU795; EDU799; EDW790.

Education

15

E18 Further rules for the completion of the BEDHON curricula (1) EDW794 and EDW795 are pre-requisite modules for EDW796. (2) Where applicable, EDW794; EDW795 and the speciality modules must be offered

prior to the completion of EDW796. (3) EDW796 will comprise a mini-dissertation of approximately 10 000 words (i.e.

approximately 20-30 pages typed in 1½ line spacing), also see rule G20: Registration for and submission of research essay.

(4) The final mark in each module (except EDW796, EDW794 and EDW795) shall consist of continuous formative assessment, culminating in a term mark of 70% and a final, summative assessment leading to an examination mark of 30%.

(5) The term mark in EDW794 and EDW795 shall be made up of 35% continuous formative assessment and 35% of a practical research essay culminating in a term mark of 70%, and a final summative assessment leading to an examination mark of 30%.

(6) In order to be admitted to an examination in a module, a student must obtain a term mark of at least 45%.

(7) In order to pass a module a student shall obtain an examination mark (where applicable) of at least 40% and a final mark of at least 50%.

(8) In order to obtain the BED degree cum laude, a student shall obtain a combined average of at least 75 % in all the required modules.

(9) A student who obtained a term mark of at least 45% in a module, but failed the module, may retain that mark. A student who wishes to make use of this concession must register for this module, pay the prescribed fee and apply for the concession during registration.

Magister Educationis (Course Work) E19 Endorsements: · Management in Education

· Psychology of Education: Special Needs and Support Services

E20 Admission No new intake in 2004. E21 Duration of study The minimum duration of study is two academic years. The maximum duration of study is three academic years. E22 Curriculum Management in Education

FIRST YEAR

MODULE

Code Name Credit

EDU892 LEADERSHIP & STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 30 C

EDU893 MANAGEMENT OF THE CURRICULUM 30 C

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

16

EDU894 MANAGEMENT OF FINANCE AND EXTERNAL RELATIONS

30 C

EDU895 MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES IN EDUCATION

30 C

SECOND YEAR

EDW890 RESEARCH PROJECT 120 C

Psychology of Education: Special Needs and Support Services

FIRST YEAR

MODULE

Code Name Credit

EDU896 PERSPECTIVES ON SPECIAL EDUCATION 30 C

EDU897 EDUCATION SUPPORT SERVICES 30 C

EDU898 OVERCOMING BARRIERS TO LEARNING & DEVELOPMENT

30 C

EDU899 THE RENDERING OF EDUCATION SUPPORT SERVICES

30 C

SECOND YEAR

EDW890 RESEARCH PROJECT 120 C

E23 Completion of Curriculum (1) The curriculum shall comprise at least three modules of course work and a research

project on an approved topic that may be completed concurrently with the course-work papers, but shall be completed not later than two years after completion of the required papers [maximum period of study 3 years].

(2) The offering of a MED (CW) in a particular field of study depends on the availability of qualified lecturers and the number of interested students.

(3) The final mark in each module consists of continuous formative assessment, culminating in a term mark (70%) and a final, summative assessment (30%).

(4) Final, summative assessment of each module will be by internal examination not exceeding four hours in duration, and/or a research project, moderated externally.

(5) In order to be admitted to an examination and/or a practical summative research project in a module, a student will obtain a formative mark of at least 50% and will have paid all the prescribed fees.

(6) In order to pass a module, a student shall obtain a summative mark of at least 50% and a final mark of at least 50%.

(7) Note: In order to ensure fairness, validity and reliability of the assessment, an assessment team under the leadership of a module coordinator and a programme manager will be responsible for the formative assessment and internal moderation. A team of internal examiners (all the facilitators presenting the module) together with the module coordinator and programme manager acting as an internal moderation team, and an external moderator appointed by Senate, will assure the quality of the final summative examination.

Education

17

(8) RESEARCH PROJECT (EDW890): The research project consists of a mini-dissertation of approximately15 000 words i.e. approximately 50 pages typed in 1½ line spacing, assessed by a constituted examination panel as stipulated by Rule G31. A final mark of 50% constitutes a pass mark.

(9) It is recommended that the curriculum be completed over a two-year period of study (see also no. 1 above for maximum duration).

(10) A student shall retain credits for each module in which s/he obtains a pass mark. (11) In order to pass a module with distinction, a student shall obtain a final mark of 75%. (12) In order to obtain the MED (CW) cum laude, a student shall obtain a combined average

of 75% in the required modules. (13) A student who obtained a formative mark of at least 50% in a module but failed the

module may retain the term mark for the following year only. A student who wishes to make use of this concession must register for this module, pay the prescribed fee and apply for the concession during registration. No lectures will be offered but such a student will be permitted to consult with lecturers and to write an examination and/or do a research project in the module concerned.

(14) A student who has successfully completed the course work part in a particular field of study may apply to be awarded the Postgraduate Diploma in Education.

Magister Educationis E24 Admission No new intake in 2004. E25 Exit Level Outcomes The researcher at this level is able to demonstrate the ability to carry out advanced research within complex and often unpredictable contexts on particular aspects of education culminating in a research dissertation. E26 Assessment Criteria Evidence will be primarily of a written kind culminating in a research dissertation that will demonstrate the learner’s ability to carry out advanced educational research. Oral defence of research findings may be required. E27 Curriculum

MODULE

Code Name Credits

EDU891 MED DISSERTATION 240 C

E28 Completion of curriculum The maximum period of study is three years. E29 Registration The Subhead of the Department of Postgraduate Education should be consulted for information regarding the admission requirements, registration procedures, the appointment of a supervisor and the preparation of a research proposal. Prospective students are advised to consult the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus : GENERAL RULES FOR MASTERS DEGREES.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

18

Philosophiae Doctor E30 Admission No new intake in 2004. E31 Exit Level Outcomes The researcher is able to demonstrate the ability to carry out advanced research at the highest level within complex and often unpredictable contexts on particular aspects of education, culminating in a research thesis. E32 Assessment Criteria Evidence will be primarily of a written kind culminating in a research thesis that will demonstrate the learner’s ability to carry out educational research at the highest level. Such evidence may include oral defence of research findings. E33 Total credits required 360 credits at NQF Level 8 E34 Curriculum

MODULE

Code Name Credits

EDU991 DOCTORAL THESIS: EDUCATION 360 C

E35 Duration of study The minimum period of study is three years. E36 Registration The Subhead of the Department of Postgraduate Education should be consulted for information regarding the admission requirements, registration procedures, the appointment of a supervisor and the preparation of a research proposal. Prospective students are advised to consult the General Rules for Qualifications offered at the Mamelodi Campus: GENERAL RULES FOR DOCTORAL DEGREES.

Education

19

List of new and previous subject codes New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

ACC193 ACC5003 ACC195 ACC5005 ACC196 ACC5006 ACC291 ACC5501 ACC292 ACC5502 ACC293 ACC5503 ACC294 ACC5504 ACC395 ACC60M1 ACC396 ACC60M2 AFR191 AFR5001 AFR192 AFR5002 AFR291 AFR5501 AFR292 AFR5502 AFR395 AFR60M1 AFR396 AFR60M2 BCH191 BCH5001 BCH192 BCH50P2 BEC391 BEC60M1 BEC392 BEC60M2 BMA191 BMA5001 BMA192 BMA5002 BMA193 BMA5003 BMA194 BMA5004 BMA291 BMA5501 BMA292 BMA5502 BMA295 BMA5505 BMA299 BMA5509 BPH191 BPH5001 BPH192 BPH50P2 CHE191 CHE5001 CHE192 CHE5002 CHE193 CHE5003 CHE194 CHE5004 CHE195 CHE50P1 CHE196 CHE50P2 CHE197 CHE50P3 CHE198 CHE50P4 CHE291 CHE5501 CHE292 CHE5502 CHE293 CHE5503 CHE294 CHE5504 CHE295 CHE55P1 CHE296 CHE55P2 CHE297 CHE55P3 CHE298 CHE55P4 COL191 COL5001

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

COL192 COL5002 COL193 COL5003 COL194 COL5004 COL291 COL5501 COL292 COL5502 COL293 COL5503 ECO191 ECO5001 ECO192 ECO5002 ECO193 ECO5003 ECO194 ECO5004 ECO293 ECO5503 ECO294 ECO5504 ECO297 ECO5507 ECP290 ECO5510 ECP391 ECO60M1 ECP392 ECO60M2 EDU191 EDU5001 EDU192 EDU5002 EDU293 EDU5501 EDU294 EDU5502 EDU391 EDU55P1 EDU791 EDU7020 EDU792 EDU7021 EDU793 EDU7022 EDU794 EDU7025 EDU795 EDU7026 EDU796 EDU7031 EDU797 EDU7033 EDU798 EDU7040 EDU799 EDU7041 EDU891 EDU8000 EDU892 EDU8020 EDU893 EDU8021 EDU894 EDU8022 EDU895 EDU8023 EDU896 EDU8031 EDU897 EDU8032 EDU898 EDU8033 EDU899 EDU8034 EDU991 EDU8500 EDW790 EDU7042 EDW792 EDU7044 EDW794 EDU7052 EDW795 EDU7053 EDW796 EDU7055 EDW797 EDU7061

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

20

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

EDW798 EDU7062 EDW799 EDU7064 EDW890 EDU8050 ENG191 ENG5001 ENG192 ENG5002 ENG291 ENG5501 ENG292 ENG5502 ENG393 ENG60M1 ENG394 ENG60M2 EPS291 EPS5501 EPS292 EPS5502 EUC191 EUC5001 GGR191 GGR5001 GGR192 GGR5002 GGR193 GGR5003 GGR194 GGR5004 GGR291 GGR5501 GGR292 GGR5502 GGR293 GGR5503 GGR294 GGR5504 GGR395 GGR60M1 GGR396 GGR60M2 HIS195 HIS5005 HIS197 HIS5006 HIS198 HIS5008 HIS199 HIS5009 HIS292 HIS5502 HIS293 HIS5503 HIS296 HIS5506 HIS395 HIS60M1 HIS396 HIS60M2 HIT290 HIT5510 LNN192 LNN5002 LPR191 LPR5001 LPZ192 LPZ5002 LTW192 LTW5002 MAT191 MAT5001 MAT192 MAT5002 MAT193 MAT5003 MAT194 MAT5004 MAT291 MAT5501 MAT292 MAT5502 MAT293 MAT5503 MAT395 MAT60M1 MAT396 MAT60M2 NSO193 NSO5003 NSO194 NSO5004 NSO293 NSO5503

New subject code (2004)

Previous sub- ject code (2003)

NSO294 NSO5504 NSO396 NSO60M1 NSO397 NSO60M2 OMC192 OMC5002 PHS191 PHS5001 PHS192 PHS50P2 PHY191 PHY5001 PHY192 PHY5002 PHY193 PHY5003 PHY194 PHY5004 PHY195 PHY50P1 PHY196 PHY50P2 PHY197 PHY50P3 PHY198 PHY50P4 PHY291 PHY5501 PHY292 PHY5502 PHY293 PHY5503 PHY294 PHY5504 PHY295 PHY55P1 PHY296 PHY55P2 PHY297 PHY55P3 PHY298 PHY55P4 PRT193 PRT5003 SAO192 SAO5002 SMU192 SMU5002 TSW193 TSW5003 TSW193 TSW5004 TSW293 TSW5503 TSW294 TSW5504 TSW396 TSW60M1 TVR192 TVR5002

Calendar and Timetables

1

Divider Page

Light Brown

(Calendar and Timetables)

Calendar and Timetables

1

MAMELODI

CALENDAR 2004

LECTURE TIMETABLES

EXAMINATION TIMETABLES

INDEX

Page

1 Calendar 2004 : Main dates 2

2 Module groupings 4 3 Lecture timetable 6 4 Information regarding examination timetables 26 5 June examination timetable 27 6 November examination timetable 31

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

1. MAIN DATES – MAMELODI CAMPUS

05 January Academic Year commences 12-30 January Promotional examinations 27 January– 06 February

Registration period

09 February Lectures commence (First semester and quarter begin) 20 February Last day of cancellation of first quarter, first semester

and/or year modules without fees being due for them 21 March Human Rights’ Day 22 March Public holiday in terms of legislation 30 March Commencement of Quarter 2 31 March Graduation ceremony; Arena; Mamelodi campus 02 April Lectures end 09 April Good Friday 12 April Family Day 14 April Lectures resume 16 April Last day of cancellation of second quarter modules without

fees being due for them 26 April No lectures 27 April Freedom Day 15 April Monday timetable is followed 28 April Monday timetable is followed 30 April 1. 50% of student fees must be paid 2. Tuesday timetable is followed 01 May Workers' Day 28 May Lectures end 31 May Evaluation in first quarter, second quarter and first

semester modules commences 16 June Youth Day 21 June Evaluation ends 22 – 29 June Re-evaluation in first quarter, second quarter and

first semester modules 30 June – 11 July July recess 12 July Lectures resume (Second semester and third quarter

begin) 27 July Last day of cancellation of third quarter and second

semester modules without fees being due for them 9 August National Women's Day 31 August Beginning of fourth quarter 31 July 100% of student fees must be paid 08 September Spring Day (No lectures) 15 September Last day of cancellation of fourth quarter modules without

fees being due for them 21 September Friday timetable is followed 23 September Lectures end 24 September Heritage Day 04 October Lectures resume

Calendar and Timetables

3

27 October Lectures end 01 November Evaluation in third quarter, fourth quarter and

second semester modules commences 20 November Evaluation ends 24 November– 01 December

Re-evaluation in third quarter, fourth quarter and second semester modules

01 December Academic Year ends 16 December Day of Reconciliation 24 December University closes at 10:00 until and including

02 January 2005 LECTURE DAYS ON WHICH OTHER TIMETABLES ARE FOLLOWED

15 April - Monday timetable is followed 28 April - Monday timetable is followed 30 April - Tuesday timetable is followed 21 September - Friday timetable is followed

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

2. MODULE GROUPINGS (Mamelodi Campus) – 2004 (New UP-subject codes)

In a particular year a student shall select modules from not more than one ‘entry’ in each group. Eg: CHE is one ‘entry’ in Group A, which consists of four (4) modules. Selection of any CHE module(s) at NQF Level 5.5 may thus preclude all other modules in group A for the particular year. (A student may select any number of modules from any one ‘entry’ in a group, subject to the rules of the particular Faculty or Department.)

GROUP NQF Level 5.0 NQF Level 5.5 NQF Level 6 NQF Level 7 Group A ENG 193

EUC 191 STA 191/192/193/194

CHE 291/292/293/294 COL 291/292/293 PSY 291/293/294/295 /296

SOC 391/392/394/396 STA 391/392/393

PRL 791/792

Group B

HIS 195/ 197/ 198/ 199 MFA 191/ 192/ 193 STM 191 MFN 191 PBL 191/ 192/ 193/ 194/ 195/196/ 197/ 198 PHY 191/ 192/ 193/ 194 ZOO 191

EDU 293/ 294 NUT 295/ 296

CIT 391/ 392/ 393/ 394/ 395 EDU 391/ 392 IPS 391/ 392/393/ 394

MLW 791/ 792

Group C

BCH 191 BPH 191 COL 191/ 192/ 193/ 194 GGR 191/192/ 193/ 194 MAT 191/ 192/ 193/ 194 NSO 193,194 PRL 191/ 192 TSW 193/ 194

MAT 291/ 292/ 293 MNA 291/ 292/ 293/ 294 SOC 291/ 292/ 294/ 295

ECP 391/ 392 ENG 391/ 392 HIS 395/ 396 MNA 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 PCL 391/ 392

PBL 791/ 792/ 793/ 794

Group D

EDU 191/ 192 IPS 191/ 192/ 193/ 194 MPR 191/ 192 PRL 193/ 194/ 195

PBA 291/ 292/ 293/ 294 STA 291/292/293/294

ACC 395/396 GGR 391/ 392/ 393/394 MAT 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 PSY 396/ 397 TAX 391/ 392/ 393/394

MLW 794/795/ 796/797

Group E

BEC 191/192 BIO 191/ 192 ENG 198/ 199 ENH 190/ 191 PBA 191/ 192 PBA 193/ 194 PCL 191 PHY 191/ 192/ 193/ 194

EDU 291/ 292 MLW 295/ 296 PLS 291/ 292/ 293/ 294 PHY 291/ 292/ 293/ 294

GGR 395/ 396 HIS 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 MAC 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 PLS 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 PRL 394/ 395/ 396 PHY 391/ 392/ 393/394

PBL 797/ 798

Group F AFR 191/ 192 FOO 191/192/193/ 194/ 195 STA 191/ 192/ 193/ 194

BMA 291/ 292/ 295/ 298/ 299 BMB 290 CHE 291/ 292/ 293/ 294 HIS 292/ 293/ 296/ HIT 290 PBL 291/ 292/ 293

ENG 393/ 394 PBA 391/ 392/ 393/ 394/ 395 STA 391/ 392/ 393

MLW 793 PRL 793

Group G

ECO 191/ 192/ 193/ 194/ 195/ 196/ 197 MPR 191/ 192 PSY 191/ 192/ 193/ 194/ 195

ECO 291/ 292/ 293/ 294/ 295/ 296/297/ 298/ 299 ECP 290/ 291/ 292 PCL 291/ 292/ 293 NUT 291/ 294 STA 291/292/293/294

AFR 395/ 396 GGR 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 COL 391/ 392/ 393 MAT 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 TSW 393/ 394/395

PBL 799 PBM 791

Calendar and Timetables

5

GROUP NQF Level 5.0 NQF Level 5.5 NQF Level 6 NQF Level 7 Group

H BMA 191/192/ 193/194/ 195/ 196/ 197/ 198 GGR 191/ 192/ 193/ 194 MAT 191/ 192/ 193/ 194 PLS 191/ 192/ 193/ 194

MLW 291/292/293/294 MAT 291/ 292/ 293

AUD 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 PCL 393/ 394 PSY 391/ 392/ 393/ 394/ 395

PRL 796

Group I CHE 191/ 192/193/ 194 MNA 191/192/ 193/ 194 SOC 191/ 192/ 193/ 194

ACC 291/ 292/ 293/ 294 GGR 291/ 292/ 293/ 294 EPS 291/ 292 TSW 293/ 294

ACC 391/ 392/393/ 394 CBH 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 CHE 391/ 392/ 394 PRL 391/ 392/ 393

Group J BOT 191 CIT 191/ 192/ 193/ 194 ENG 191/ 192 LPR 191 + LNN 192 OR LPZ 192 OR LTW 192

CIT 291/292/ 293/ 294/ 295/ 296 PCL 294/ 295 RMA 291/ 292/ 293/ 294

ECO 391/ 392/ 393/394/ 395/ 396/ 397/ 398 PCL 395/ 396

PRL 794/ 795

Group K

ENG 194/ 195/196/ 197 CGS 195/ 196/197/ 198

ENG 291/ 292 IPS 291/ 292/ 293/ 294 PHY 291/ 292/ 293/ 294

AFR 391/ 394 BIO 395/396 BMA 391/ 393/ 394/ 395/397 ERG 391/ 392 MLW 391 MLX 391/ 392 NSO 396/ 397 PHY 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 TSW 396/ 397

PBL 795/ 796

Group L ACC 191/ 192/193/ 194/ 195/ 196 CHE 191/ 192/ 193/ 194 RED 191 + SAO 192 OR SMU 192 OR OMC 192

AFR 291/ 294 AUD 291/ 292/ 293/ 294 GGR 291/ 292/ 293/294 PRL 291/ 292/ 293/ 294

CHE 391/ 392/ 393/ 394 ERG 393/ 394

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

3 Lecture timetable : Mamelodi Campus

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

ACA5001 ACA5002

ACA 191 ACA 192

INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING FOR ATTORNEYS SPECIFIC MATTERS RELATING TO ACCOUNTANCY FOR ATTORNEYS

Semester 1 Semester 2

J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

B4 B4 B4

ACC5003 ACC5004 ACC5005 ACC5006

ACC 193 ACC 194 ACC 195 ACC 196

ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

A2 + A3 A2 + A3 A2 + A3

ACC5501 ACC5502 ACC5503 ACC5504

ACC 291 ACC 292 ACC 293 ACC 294

ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

I Mo: 14:00-14:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55

A4 A4 A4

ACC6001 ACC6002 ACC6003 ACC6004

ACC 391 ACC 392 ACC 393 ACC 394

ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY ACCOUNTANCY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

I Mo: 14:00-14:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55

A1 A1 A1

ACC60M1 ACC60M2

ACC 395 ACC 396

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

D Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1

AFR5001 AFR5002

AFR 191 AFR 192

AFRIKAANS AFRIKAANS

Semester 1 Semester 2

F Mo: 08:00-08:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

A1 A1 A1

AFR5501 AFR5504

AFR 291 AFR 294

AFRIKAANS AFRIKAANS

Semester 1 Semester 2

L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

B4 B4 B4

AFR6001 AFR6004

AFR 391 AFR 394

AFRIKAANS AFRIKAANS

Semester 1 Semester 2

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

C1 C1 C1

AFR60M1 AFR60M2

AFR 395 AFR 396

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1

Calendar and Timetables

7

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

AUD5501 AUD5502 AUD5503 AUD5504

AUD 291 AUD 292 AUD 293 AUD 294

AUDITING AUDITING AUDITING AUDITING

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

A5 A5 A5

AUD6001 AUD6002 AUD6003 AUD6004

AUD 391 AUD 392 AUD 393 AUD 394

AUDITING AUDITING AUDITING AUDITING

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

H Mo: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

C1 C1 C1

BCH 5001

BCH 191

BASIC CHEMISTRY Quarter 1 C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

C5 C5 C5

BEC60M1 BEC60M2

BEC 191 BEC 192

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

MED LAB 2 MED LAB 2 MED LAB 2

BIO5002 BIO5001

BIO 192 BIO 191

BASIC BIOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES - ECOLOGY

Semester 1 Semester 2

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

C6 C6 C6

BIO5002 (PRAC)

BIO 192 BASIC BIOLOGY PRACTICAL

Semester1 Th: 09:00-10:55 Th: 13:00-15:55 Fr: 14:00-15:55

Old Science- F217

BIO60M1 BIO60M2

BIO 395 BIO 396

BIOLOGY METHOLOGY BIOLOGY METHOLOGY

Semester 1 Semester 2

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1

BMA5001 BMA5002 BMA5003 BMA5004 BMA5005 BMA5006 BMA5007 BMA5008

BMA 191 BMA 192 BMA 193 BMA 194 BMA 195 BMA 196 BMA 197 BMA 198

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

H Mo: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

A3 A3 A3

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

BMA5501 BMA5502 BMA5505 BMA5508 BMA5509 BMA5510

BMA 291 BMA 292 BMA 295 BMA 298 BMA 299 BMB 290

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

F Mo: 08:00-08:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

A2 + A4 A2 + A4 A2 + A4

BMA6001 BMA6003 BMA6005 BMA6007 BMA6004

BMA 391 BMA 393 BMA 395 BMA 397 BMA 394

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

A3 A3 A3

BMA7002 BMA 792 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Yearcourse Mo: 15:00-15:55 A2 BOT50P1 (PRAC)

BOT 191 BOTANY (PRACTICAL) Semester 1 Tu: 14:00-16:55 Old Science - F217

BOT5001 BOT 191 BOTANY Semester 1 J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

B2 B2 B2

BPH 5001 BPH 191 BASIC PHYSICS Quarter 2 C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

C5 C5 C5

CBH6001 CBH6002 CBH6003 CBH6004

CBH 391 CBH 392 CBH 393 CBH 394

CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR THEORIES CONSUMER EDUCATION HOUSEHOLDS AS PRODUCERS FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT IN HOUSEHOLDS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

I Mo: 14:00-14:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55

C1 C1 C1

CGS5005 CGS5006 CGS5007 CGS5008

CGS 195 CGS 196 CGS 197 CGS 198

CONCEPTS OF GENERAL SCIENCE - ENERGY CONCEPTS OF GENERAL SCIENCE - MATTER CONCEPTS OF GENERAL SCIENCE - WATER CONCEPTS OF GENERAL SCIENCE - LIFE

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 14:00-14:55 Mo: 15:00-15:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

B3 B3 B3

CGS5005 CGS5006 CGS5007 CGS5008 (PRAC)

CGS 195 CGS 196 CGS 197 CGS 198 (PRAC)

CONCEPTS OF GENERAL SCIENCE - ENERGY CONCEPTS OF GENERAL SCIENCE - MATTER CONCEPTS OF GENERAL SCIENCE - WATER CONCEPTS OF GENERAL SCIENCE - LIFE (PRACTICAL)

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Tu: 09:00-11:55 Th: 13:00-15:55

PHY LAB

Calendar and Timetables

9

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

CHE5001 CHE5002 CHE5003 CHE5004

CHE 191 CHE 192 CHE 193 CHE 194

GENERAL CHEMISTRY PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

C6 C6 C5 C5 C6

CHE50P1 CHE50P2 CHE50P3 CHE50P4 (PRAC)

CHE 195 CHE 196 CHE 197 CHE 198

GENERAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Tu: 13:00-15:55 We: 14:00-15:55

CHE LAB 1 CHE LAB 1

CHE5501 CHE5502 CHE5503 CHE5504

CHE 291 CHE 292 CHE 293 CHE 294

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 08:00-08:55 Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5

CHE55P1 CHE55P2 CHE55P3 CHE55P4 (PRAC)

CHE 295 CHE 296 CHE 297 CHE 298

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

CHE LAB 1 CHE LAB 1 CHE LAB 1 CHE LAB 1

CHE6001 CHE6002 CHE6003 CHE6004

CHE 391 CHE 392 CHE 393 CHE 394

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 14:00-14:55 We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

C2 C4 C4 C2 C2 C4

CHE60P1 CHE60P2 CHE60P3 CHE60P4 (PRAC)

CHE 395 CHE 396 CHE 397 CHE 398

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Fr: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

CHE LAB 1 CHE LAB 1 CHE LAB 1 CHE LAB 1 CHE LAB 1

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

10

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

CIT5001 CIT5002 CIT5003 CIT5004

CIT 191 CIT 192 CIT 193 CIT 194

COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS DATABASE 1: INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMS PROBLEM SOLVING INFORMATION SYSTEMS 1

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

J Fr: 13:00-13:55 Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55

A3 A3 A3

CIT5001 CIT5002 CIT5003 CIT5004 (PRAC)

CIT 191 CIT 192 CIT 193 CIT 194

COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS DATABASE 1: INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMS PROBLEM SOLVING INFORMATION SYSTEMS 1 (PRACTICAL)

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 09:00-11:55 Mo: 13:00-15:55 We: 09:00-11:55 We: 13:00-15:55 Th: 08:00-10:55 Th: 13:00-15:55 Fr: 09:00-11:55

GREEN LAB

CIT5501 CIT5502 CIT5503 CIT5504 CIT5505 CIT55-6 (PRAC)

CIT 291 CIT 292 CIT 293 CIT 294 CIT 295 CIT 296

PROGRAMMING DATABASE 2 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS & DESIGN HUMAN - COMPUTER INTERACTION PROGRAMMING 2 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2 (PRACTICAL)

Quarter 2 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 09:00-11:55 Mo: 13:00-15:55 We: 09:00-11:55 We: 13:00-15:55

BLUE LAB

CIT5501 CIT5502 CIT5503 CIT5504 CIT5505 CIT5506

CIT 291 CIT 292 CIT 293 CIT 294 CIT 295 CIT 296

PROGRAMMING DATABASE 2 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS & DESIGN HUMAN - COMPUTER INTERACTION PROGRAMMING 2 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2

Quarter 2 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

J Fr: 13:00-13:55 Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55

B3 B3 B3

CIT6003 CIT6004 CIT6005

CIT 393 CIT 394 CIT 395

NETWORKING 1 DATABASE 3 NETWORKING 2

Quarter 2 Quarter 4 Quarter 4

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

C4 C4 C4

CIT6002

CIT 392

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3

Quarter 1

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

Seminar room

CIT6002

CIT 392

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 (PRACTICAL)

Quarter 1

We:09:00-11:55 Th:09:00-12:55

Blue Lab

Calendar and Timetables

11

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

CLT5002 CLT50P1

CLT 191 CLT 192

TEXTILES CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION

Semester 1 Semester 2

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1

COL5001 COL5002 COL5003 COL5004

COL 191 COL 192 COL 193 COL 194

COMMERCIAL LAW COMMERCIAL LAW COMMERCIAL LAW COMMERCIAL LAW

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

A3 A3 A3

COL5501 COL5502 COL5503

COL 291 COL 292 COL 293

COMMERCIAL LAW COMMERCIAL LAW COMMERCIAL LAW

Semester 1 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

A Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55

A2 A2 A2

COL6001 COL6002 COL6003

COL 391 COL 392 COL 393

COMMERCIAL LAW COMMERCIAL LAW COMMERCIAL LAW

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

C6 C6 C6

ECO5001 ECO5002 ECO5003 ECO5004 ECO5005 ECO5006 ECO5007

ECO 191 ECO 192 ECO 193 ECO 194 ECO 195 ECO 196 ECO 197

ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

A3 A3 A3

ECO5501 ECO5502 ECO5503 ECO5504 ECO5505 ECO5506 ECO5507 ECO5508 ECO5509 ECO5510 ECO5511 ECO5512

ECO 291 ECO 292 ECO 293 ECO 294 ECO 295 ECO 296 ECO 297 ECO 298 ECO 299 ECP 290 ECP 291 ECP 292

ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 1 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

A2 A2 A2

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

12

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

ECO6001 ECO6002 ECO6003 ECO6004 ECO6005 ECO6006 ECO6007 ECO6008

ECO 391 ECO 392 ECO 393 ECO 394 ECO 395 ECO 396 ECO 397 ECO 398

ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS ECONOMICS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 2 Quarter 1 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

A1 A1 A1

ECO60M1 ECO60M2

ECP 391 ECP 392

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1

EDU5001 EDU5002

EDU 191 EDU 192

EDUCATION EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

D Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

A5 A5 A5

EDU5501 EDU5502

EDU 291 EDU 292

EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL STUDIES EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

Semester 1 Semester 2

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

A1 A1 A1

EDU55P1 EDU55P2

EDU 293 EDU 294

EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL STUDIES EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

Semester 1 Semester 2

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

C1 C1 C1

EDU6001 EDU6002

EDU 391 EDU 392

EDUCATION EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

B3 B3 C2

ENG5001 ENG5002

ENG 191 ENG 192

ENGLISH ENGLISH

Semester 1 Semester 2

J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

A5 A5 A5

ENG5003 ENG 193 ENGLISH Semester 1 A Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55

A4 A4 A4

ENG5004 ENG5005 ENG5006 ENG5007

ENG 194 ENG 195 ENG 196 ENG 197

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

B3 B3 B3

Calendar and Timetables

13

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

ENG5008 ENG5009 ENG5010 ENG5011

ENG 198 ENG 199 ENH 190 ENH 191

ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

A4 A4 A4

ENG5501 ENG5502

ENG 291 ENG 292

ENGLISH ENGLISH

Semester 1 Semester 2

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

C4 C4 C4

ENG6001 ENG6002

ENG 391 ENG 392

ENGLISH ENGLISH

Semester 1 Semester 2

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

C4 C4 C4

ENG60M1 ENG60M2

ENG 393 ENG 394

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

F Mo: 08:00-08:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1 MED LAB 1

EPS5501 EPS5502

EPS 291 EPS 292

EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL STUDIES EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

Semester 1 Semester 2

I Mo: 14:00-14:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55

C3 C3 C3

ERG6001 ERG6002 ERG6003 ERG6004

ERG 391 ERG 392 ERG 393 ERG 394

HOUSEHOLD PRODUCTION & ENVIRONMENT ANTHROPOMETRY & SPACE MANIPULATION APPROPRIATE TECHNOLOGY PERSONAL MANAGEMENT

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

C5 C5 C5

ERG6003 ERG6004

ERG 393 ERG 394

APPROPRIATE TECHNOLOGY PERSONAL MANAGEMENT

Quarter 3 Quarter 4

L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

C3 C3 C3

EUC5001 EUC 191 COMPUTER SCIENCE & INF SYSTEMS Semester1 A Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55

B3 B3 B3

EUC5001 (PRAC)

EUC 191 COMPUTER SCIENCE & INF SYSTEMS (PRACTICAL)

Semester1 Mo: 13:00-13:55 Mo: 14:00-14:55 Mo: 15:00-15:55 We: 09:00-09:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55 We: 13:00-13:55 We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55

RED LAB RED LAB RED LAB RED LAB RED LAB RED LAB RED LAB RED LAB RED LAB

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

14

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

FOO5001 FOO5002 FOO5004 FOO5005

FOO 191 FOO 192 FOO 194 FOO 195

CEREALS & FLOUR MIX DAIRY PRODUCTS AND EGGS RED MEAT, POULTRY AND FISH VEGETABLES, FRUIT AND PLANT PROTEIN

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

F Mo: 08:00-08:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

B4 B4 B4

GGR5001 GGR5002 GGR5003 GGR5004

GGR 191 GGR 192 GGR 193 GGR 194

MAP ANALYSIS AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY POPULATION, CULTURAL AND ETHNIC ECOSYSTEMS AND PHYSICAL PROCESSES ECONOMIC STRUCTURE AND SETTLEMENT

Quarter 1 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 2

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB

GGR5501 GGR5502 GGR5503 GGR5504

GGR 291 GGR 292 GGR 293 GGR 294

CITY, SOCIETY AND ENVIRONMENT THE DYNAMIC ATMOSPHERE ECONOMIC STRUCTURES THE PHYSICAL LANDSCAPE

Quarter 2 Quarter 4 Quarter 3 Quarter 1

Mo: 13:00-13:55 Mo: 14:00-14:55 We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB

GGR6001 GGR6002 GGR6003 GGR6004

GGR 391 GGR 392 GGR 393 GGR 394

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT URBAN AND RURAL SETTLEMENTS INTRODUCTION TO GIS

Quarter 1 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 2

Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB GGR LAB

GGR60M1 GGR60M2

GGR 395 GGR 396

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

MED LAB 3 MED LAB 3 MED LAB 3

HIS5005 HIS5007 HIS5008 HIS5009

HIS 195 HIS 197 HIS 198 HIS 199

HISTORY HISTORY HISTORY HISTORY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

B2 B2 B2

HIS5502 HIS5503 HIS5506 HIS5510

HIS 292 HIS 293 HIS 296 HIS 290

HISTORY HISTORY HISTORY HISTORY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

F Mo: 08:00-08:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

A5 A5 A5

Calendar and Timetables

15

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

HIS6001 HIS6002 HIS6003 HIS6004

HIS 391 HIS 392 HIS 393 HIS 394

HISTORY HISTORY HISTORY HISTORY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

B4 B4 B4

HIS60M1 HIS60M2

HIS 395 HIS 396

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

MED LAB 2 MED LAB 2 MED LAB 2

IPS5001 IPS5002 IPS5003 IPS5004

IPS 191 IPS 192 IPS 193 IPS 194

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

D Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

A2 A2 A2

IPS5501 IPS5502 IPS5503 IPS5504

IPS 291 IPS 292 IPS 293 IPS 294

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

A2 A2 A2

IPS6001 IPS6002 IPS6003 IPS6004

IPS 391 IPS 392 IPS 393 IPS 394

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

A1 A1 A1

LNN5002 LNN 192 PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION Yearcourse J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

C2 C2 C2

LPR5001 LPR 191 PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION Semester 1 J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

C3 C3 C3

LPZ5002 LPZ 192 PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION Semester 2 J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

B5 B5 B5

LTW5002 LTW 192 PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION Semester 2 J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

C5 C5 C5

MAC6001 MAC6002 MAC6003 MAC6004

MAC 391 MAC 392 MAC 393 MAC 394

MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

C1 C1 C1

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

16

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

MAT5001 MAT5002 MAT5003 MAT5004

MAT 191 MAT 192 MAT 193 MAT 194

DIFFERENTIATION: FUNCTIONS OF 1 INTEGRATION: FUNCTIONS OF 1 LINEAR ALGEBRA 1 APPLICATIONS OF INTEGRATION

Semester 1 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

Mo: 13:00-13:55 We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2

MAT5501 MAT5502 MAT5503

MAT 291 MAT 292 MAT 293

FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES OF VECTOR CALCULUS INFINITE SEQUENCES AND SERIES LINEAR ALGEBRA 2

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

A5 A5 A5

MAT5501 MAT5502 MAT5503

MAT 291 MAT 292 MAT 293

FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES OF VECTOR CALCULUS INFINITE SEQUENCES AND SERIES LINEAR ALGEBRA 2

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

H Mo: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

A4 A4 A4

MAT6001 MAT6002 MAT6003 MAT6004

MAT 391 MAT 392 MAT 393 MAT 394

REAL ANALYSIS ABSTRACT ALGEBRA COMPLEX ANALYSIS NUMERIAL ANALYSIS 1

Semester 1 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

C5 C5 B5 B5 C5 C5

MFA 5001

MFA 191

FOUNDATION MATHEMATICS

Semester 1

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

A3 A3 A3

MFA5002 MFA5003

MFA 192 MFA 193

FOUNDATION MATHEMATICS 2 FOUNDATION MATHEMATICS 3

Semester 1 Semester 2

Mo: 08:00-08:55 Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55

B2 B2 B2 B2

MFN5001 MFN 191 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Quarter 2 B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

A2 A2 A2

MLW5501 MLW5502 MLW5503 MLW5504

MLW 291 MLW 292 MLW 293 MLW 294

BASIC PRINCIPLES OF LABOUR LAW FAIR EMPLOYMENT CONDUCT & DISMISSAL COLLECTIVE LABOUR LAW & INDUSTRIAL ACTION SOCIAL SECURITY LAW

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

H Mo: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

C3 C3 C3

MLW5511 MLW5512

MLW 295 MLW 296

MEDIATION AND CONCILIATION PRINCIPLES OF ARBITRATION

Quarter 3 Quarter 4

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

A2 A2 A2

Calendar and Timetables

17

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

MLW6001 MLW6011 MLW6012

MLW 391 MLX 391 MLX 392

BANKRUPTCY LAW SPECIFIC COMMERCIAL CONTRACTS LAW OF TAX

Semester 1 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

A5 A5 A5

MLW7001 MLW7002

MLW 791 MLW 792

PARTNERSHIP AND COMPANY LAW CLOSE CORPORATIONS LAW

Semester 1 Semester 2

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

C3 C3 C3

MLW7011 PRL7003

MLW 793 PRL 793

BANKING LAW & NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS CHILDREN & PRIVATE LAW

Semester 1 Semester 2

F Mo: 08:00-08:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

C1 C1 C1

MLW7021 MLW7022 MLW7031 MLW7032

MLW 794 MLW 795 MLW 796 MLW 797

LABOUR LAW ROAD ACCIDENT FUND INSURANCE ECONOMIC LAW & INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND INVESTMENT LAW

Semester 2 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 1

D Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

C4 C4 C4

MNA5001 MNA5002 MNA5003 MNA5004

MNA 191 MNA 192 MNA 193 MNA 194

MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

I Mo: 14:00-14:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55

A3 A3 A3

MNA5501 MNA5502 MNA5503 MNA5504

MNA 291 MNA 292 MNA 293 MNA 294

MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

A1 A1 A1

MNA6001 MNA6002 MNA6003 MNA6004

MNA 391 MNA 392 MNA 393 MNA 394

MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

C2 C2 C2

MPR5001 MPR5002

MPR 191 MPR 192

PRECALCULUS 1 PRECALCULUS 2

Semester 1 Semester 2

Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3

NSO5003 NSO5004 TSW5003 TSW5004

NSO 193 NSO 194 TSW 193 TSW 194

SOTHO LANGUAGES SOTHO LANGUAGES SOTHO LANGUAGES SOTHO LANGUAGES

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

B2 B2 B2

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

18

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

TSW5503 TSW5504

TSW 293 TSW 294

SOTHO LANGUAGES SOTHO LANGUAGES

Semester 1 Semester 2

I Mo: 14:00-14:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55

C6 C6 C6

TSW6003 TSW6004 TSW6005

TSW 393 TSW 394 TSW 395

SOTHO LANGUAGES SOTHO LANGUAGES SOTHO LANGUAGES

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

B4 B4 B4

NSO60M1 NSO60M2

NSO 396 NSO 397

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

MED LAB 2 MED LAB 2 MED LAB 2

NUT5501 NUT5504

NUT 291 NUT 294

DIETARY STANDARDS CHILD AND TEENAGE NUTRITION

Semester 1 Semester 2

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

C2 C2 C2

NUT5505 NUT5506

NUT 295 NUT 296

NUTRITION FOR OLDER ADULTS NUTRITION AND PHYSICAL FITNESS

Semester 1 Semester 2

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

C5 C5 C5

OMC5002 OMC 192 PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION Yearcourse L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

C5 C5 C5

PAS5001 PAS 191 PASTEL ACCOUNTANCY Semester 1 Fr: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 14:00-14:55 Fr: 15:00-15:55

BLUE LAB BLUE LAB BLUE LAB BLUE LAB BLUE LAB BLUE LAB

PBA5001 PBA5002 PBA5003 PBA5004

PBA 191 PBA 192 PBA 193 PBA 194

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

A3 A3 A3

PBA5501 PBA5502 PBA5503 PBA5504

PBA 291 PBA 292 PBA 293 PBA 294

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

D Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

A4 A4 A4

Calendar and Timetables

19

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

PBA6001 PBA6002 PBA6003 PBA6004 PBA6005

PBA 391 PBA 392 PBA 393 PBA 394 PBA 395

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 4

F Mo: 08:00-08:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

C4 C4 C4

PBL5001 PBL5002 PBL5003 PBL5004

PBL 191 PBL 192 PBL 193 PBL 194

INTRODUCTION TO CONSTITUTIONAL LAW INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN RIGHTS CONSTITUTION INTREPRETATION SELECTED FUNDAMENTALS RIGHTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

A4 A4 A4

PBL5005 PBL5006 PBL5007 PBL5008

PBL 195 PBL 196 PBL 197 PBL 198

PUBLIC LAW PUBLIC LAW PUBLIC LAW PUBLIC LAW

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

A5 A5 A5

PBL5501 PBL5511 PBL5512

PBL 291 PBL 292 PBL 293

THE CONCEPT OF CRIME INTRODUCTION TO ADMINISTRATIVE LAW ADMINISTRATIVE LAW: CAPITA SELECTA

Quarter 1 Quarter 1 Quarter 2

F Mo: 08:00-08:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

B3 B3 B3

PBL7001 PBL7002 PBL7003 PBL7004

PBL 791 PBL 792 PBL 793 PBL 794

NATURAL LAW AND POSITIVISM RAWLS, DWORKIN AND AFRICAN JURISPRUDENCE CRITICAL LEGAL STUDIES AND JURISPRUDENCE: CAPITA SELECTA

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

C3 C3 C3

PBL7011 PBL7012

PBL 795 PBL 796

PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS

Semester 1 Semester 1

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

C3 C3 C3

PBL7021 PBL7022

PBL 797 PBL 798

REASONALBLENESS AND JURIDICIAL JUST ADMINISTRATION ACTION AND DRAFTING SKILLS

Semester 1 Semester 1

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

C4 C4 C4

PBL7031 PBL7032

PBL 799 PBM 791

INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL LAW SPECIFIC ASPECTS OF MEDICAL LAW

Semester 1 Semester 1

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

A4 A4 A4

PCL5001 PCL 191 INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL SKILLS Semester 2 E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

B3 B3 B3

PCL5501 PCL5502 PCL5503

PCL 291 PCL 292 PCL 293

THE CONCEPT OF CRIME ELEMENTS OF CRIMINAL LIABILITY ANTICIPATORY CRIMES AND PARTICIPATION

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Semester 2

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

C4 C4 C4

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

20

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

PCL5511 PCL5512

PCL 294 PCL 295

CRIMINAL PRE-TRIAL PROCEDURES TRIAL AND POST-TRIAL PROCEDURES

Semester 1 Semester 2

J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

A2 A2 A2

PCL6001 PCL6002

PCL 391 PCL 392

CIVIL PROCEDURES AND APPLICATION PROCEEDINGS ACTION PROCEEDINGS AND ENFORCEMENT

Semester 1 Semester 2

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

C1 C1 C1

PCL6011 PCL6012

PCL 393 PCL 394

ADMISSIBILITY OF EVIDENCE PRINCIPLES OF EVIDENCE

Semester 1 Semester 2

H Mo: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

C2 C2 C2

PCL6021 PCL6022

PCL 395 PCL 396

CRIMINAL LEGAL PRACTICE CIVIL LEGAL PRACTICE

Semester 1 Semester 2

Mo: 15:00-15:55 Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

A1 C6 C6 C6

PCL7001 PCL7011

PCL 791 PCL 792

ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY CHILDREN AND CRIMINAL LAW

Quarter 3 Quarter 4

L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

B3 B3 B3

PHY5001 PHY5002 PHY5003 PHY5004

PHY 191 PHY 192 PHY 193 PHY 194

MECHANICS PROPERTIES OF MATTER ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM OPTICS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Th: 08:00-08:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

C6 C6 C5 C5 C6 C5

PHY50P1 PHY50P2 PHY50P3 PHY50P4 (PRAC)

PHY 195 PHY 196 PHY 197 PHY 198

MECHANICS PRACT PROPERTIES OF MATTER: PRAC ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM: PRAC OPTICS: PRACTICAL

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 13:00-13:55 Mo: 14:00-14:55 Mo: 15:00-15:55

PHY LAB PHY LAB PHY LAB

PHY5501 PHY5502 PHY5503 PHY5504

PHY 291 PHY 292 PHY 293 PHY 294

VIBRATIONS AND WAVES ANALOGUE AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS CLASSICAL MECHANICS ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

C6 B5 B5 C6 C6 B5

Calendar and Timetables

21

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

PHY55P1 PHY55P2 PHY55P3 PHY55P4 (PRAC)

PHY 295 PHY 296 PHY 297 PHY 298

VIBRATIONS AND WAVES: PRACTICAL ANALOGUE AND DIGITAL ELECT: PRAC CLASSICAL MECHANICS: PRACTICAL ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS: PRACTICAL

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 13:00-13:55 Mo: 14:00-14:55 Mo: 15:00-15:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55

PHY LAB PHY LAB PHY LAB PHY LAB PHY LAB PHY LAB

PHY6001 PHY6002 PHY6003 PHY6004

PHY 391 PHY 392 PHY 393 PHY 394

QUANTUM MECHANICS STATISTICAL MECHANICS ELECTRODYNAMICS SOLID STATE PHYSICS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

B4 B2 B2 B4 B4 B2

PLS5001 PLS5002 PLS5003 PLS5004

PLS 191 PLS 192 PLS 193 PLS 194

POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

H Mo: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

A1 A1 A1

PLS5501 PLS5502 PLS5503 PLS5504

PLS 291 PLS 292 PLS 293 PLS 294

POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

C3 C3 C3

PLS6001 PLS6002 PLS6003 PLS6004

PLS 391 PLS 392 PLS 393 PLS 394

POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

C2 C2 C2

PRL5001 PRL5002

PRL 191 PRL 192

INTRODUCTION TO LAW INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL SYSTEMS

Semester 1 Semester 2

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

A4 A4 A4

PRL5011 PRL5012 PRL5021

PRL 193 PRL 194 PRL 195

LAW OF PERSONS: THE LEGAL PERSON LAW OF PERSONS: PARENTAL POWER FAMILY LAW

Semester 1 Semester 1 Semester 2

D Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

A3 A3 A3

PRL5501 PRL5541 PRL5542

PRL 291 PRL 293 PRL 294

LAW OF PROPERTY LAW OF SUCCESSION: GENERAL PRINCIPLES LAW OF SUCCESSION: WILLS

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

A4 A4 A4

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

22

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

PRL5531 PRL 292 AFRICAN CUSTOMARY LAW Semester 1 D Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

A1 A1 A1

PRL6001 PRL6002 PRL6003

PRL 391 PRL 392 PRL 393

GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF CONTRACT BREACH, REMEDIES AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT SPECIFIC CONTRACTS

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

I Mo: 14:00-14:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55

C4 C4 C4

PRL6011 PRL6012 PRL6013

PRL 394 PRL 395 PRL 396

LAW OF DELICT: GENERAL PRINCIPLES DELICTICAL DAMAGES AND REMEDIES SPECIFIC DELICTS

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

E Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55

A5 A5 A5

PRL7001 PRL7002 PRL7007

PRL 791 PRL 792 PRL 795

PRINCIPLES OF ESTOPPEL AND UNJUST ENRICHMENT LAW OF DELICT: CAPITA SELECTA ADVANCED FAMILY LAW

Semester 2 Semester 2 Semester 1

A Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55

C2 C2 C2

PRL7003 PRL 793 CHILDREN AND PRIVATE LAW Quarter 3 F(We) We: 10:00-12:00 B3 PRL7004 PRL7009

PRL 793 PRL 794 PRL 796

COMPARATIVE LAW PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW

Semester 2 Semester 1

J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

A4 A4 A4

PSY5001 PSY5002 PSY5003 PSY5004 PSY5005

PSY 191 PSY 192 PSY 193 PSY 194 PSY 195

PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Quarter 4

G We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55

A5 A5 A5

PSY5501 PSY5503 PSY5504 PSY5505 PSY5506

PSY 291 PSY 293 PSY 294 PSY 295 PSY 296

PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY

Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

A Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55

C6 C6 C6

PSY6001 PSY6002 PSY6003 PSY6004 PSY6005

PSY 391 PSY 392 PSY 393 PSY 394 PSY 395

PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2

H Mo: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

C5 C5 C5

PSY60M1 PSY60M2

PSY 396 PSY 397

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

D Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

MED LAB 2 MED LAB 2 MED LAB 2

Calendar and Timetables

23

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

RED5001 RED 191 PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION Semester 1 L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

A1 A1 A1

RMA5501 RMA5502 RMA5503 RMA5504

RMA 291 RMA 292 RMA 293 RMA 294

ECOSYSTEMS MANAGEMENT AS A PROCESS DEVELOPMENT OF RESOURCES RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND GENDER

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

J Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

C1 C1 C1

SAO5002 SAO 192 SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR ASPECTS OF HIV/AIDS Semester 2 L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

C1 C1 C1

SMU5002 SMU 192 SCHOOL MUSIC Semester 2 L We: 08:00-08:55 We: 09:00-09:55 Fr: 10:00-10:55

C2 C2 C2

SOC5001 SOC5002 SOC5003 SOC5004

SOC 191 SOC 192 SOC 193 SOC 194

SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

I Mo: 14:00-14:55 Th: 12:00-12:55 Th: 13:00-13:55

A5 A5 A5

SOC5501 SOC5502 SOC5504 SOC5505

SOC 291 SOC 292 SOC 294 SOC 295

SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

C We: 12:00-12:55 We: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55

B4 B4 B4

SOC6001 SOC6002 SOC6004 SOC6006

SOC 391 SOC 392 SOC 394 SOC 396

SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

A Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55

C1 C1 C1

STA5001 STA5002 STA5003 STA5004

STA 191 STA 192 STA 193 STA 194

ORGANISING DATA PRODUCING DATA FOUNDATIONS OF INFERENCE INFERENCE: CONCLUSIONS WITH CONFIDENCE

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 08:00-08:55 Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

24

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

STA50P1 STA50P2 STA50P3 STA50P4

STA 195 STA 196 STA 197 STA 198

ORGANISING DATA PRACTICAL PRODUCING DATA PRACTICAL FOUNDATIONS OF INFERENCE PRACTICAL INFERENCE: CONCLUSIONS WITH CONFIDENCE PRACTICAL

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 09:00-12:55 Tu: 12:00-14:55 Th: 09:00-12:55

RED LAB GREEN LAB RED LAB

STA6001 STA6002 STA6003 STA6004

STA 291 STA 292 STA 293 STA 294

REGRESSION ANALYSIS TIME SERIES PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS STATISTICAL INFERENCE 1

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 We: 14:00-14:55 We: 15:00-15:55 Fr: 08:00-08:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3

STA6005 STA6006 STA6007

STA 391 STA 392 STA 393

STATISTICAL INFERENCE 2 SURVEY SAMPLING EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN

Semester 1 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 08:00-08:55 Mo: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55 We: 10:00-10:55 We: 11:00-11:55

C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3

STA60P1 STA60P2 STA60P3 STA60P4 (PRAC)

STA 295 STA 296 STA 297 STA 298

REGRESSION ANALYSIS PRACTICAL TIME SERIES PRACTICAL PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS PRACTICAL STATISTICAL INFERENCE 1 PRACTICAL

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 08:00-08:55 Mo: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 08:00-08:55 Tu: 09:00-09:55 Tu: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 11:00-11:55 Fr: 12:00-12:55 Fr: 13:00-13:55

RED LAB RED LAB GREEN LAB GREEN LAB GREEN LAB GREEN LAB RED LAB RED LAB RED LAB

STA60P5 STA60P6 STA60P7 (PRAC)

STA 394 STA 395 STA 396

STATISTICAL INFERENCE 2 PRACTICAL SURVEY SAMPLING PRACTICAL EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN PRACTICAL

Semester 1 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Tu: 13:00-13:55 Tu: 14:00-14:55 Tu: 15:00-15:55 Th: 13:00-13:55 Th: 14:00-14:55 Th: 15:00-15:55

YELLOW LAB YELLOW LAB YELLOW LAB YELLOW LAB YELLOW LAB YELLOW LAB

STM 5001 STM 191 STATISTICS FOR COMMERCE

Semester 2 B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

A3 A3 A3

Calendar and Timetables

25

Old Subject Code

New Code

Name of Subject Semester/ Quarter

Lecture Group

Time of Lectures

Venues

STM 5001 STM 191 STATISTICS FOR COMMERCE (TUTORIALS)

Semester 2 Mo:09:00-09:55 Tu: 12:00-12:55 We:08:00-09:55 We:12:00-12:55 Th:09:00-10:55

B4 B4 B2 B3 A4

TAX6001 TAX6002 TAX6003 TAX6004

TAX 391 TAX 392 TAX 393 TAX 394

TAXATION TAXATION TAXATION TAXATION

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Mo: 10:00-10:55 Tu: 12:00-12:55 Tu: 13:00-13:55 Fr: 09:00-09:55

A4 B4 B4 C2

TSW60M1 TSW60M2

TSW 396 TSW 397

SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION SCHOOL SUBJECT EDUCATION

Semester 1 Semester 2

K Mo: 10:00-10:55 Th: 09:00-09:55 Th: 10:00-10:55

MED LAB 3 MED LAB 3 MED LAB 3

ZOO5001

ZOO 191 ANIMAL DIVERSITY Semester 2 B Mo: 11:00-11:55 Mo: 12:00-12:55 Th: 08:00-08:55

B5 B5 B5

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

26

4. INFORMATION REGARDING EXAMINATION TIMETABLES

Before registering for a course, a student should ensure that his/her choice of subjects is permissible in terms of the permanent examination timetable.

A student must obtain the approval of the Dean concerned before he/she registers for subject combinations that clash on the examination timetable. If a final-year student will not complete his/her degree course within the prescribed period due to the fact that his/her subjects clash on the timetable, he/she may, with the approval of the Dean, register for the courses and be granted a special examination by the Head of the department. The dates of examinations for postgraduate subjects and subjects that do not appear on the examination timetable will be announced in due course by the departments concerned. The final examination timetable indicating the venues in which examinations are to be written will be made available during April 2004 ( in respect of the June examination) and during August 2004 (in respect of the November examination) via the following methods:

On the Web at the address: www.up.ac.za: and Posted on the notice board on the Mamelodi campus.

The timetable for supplementary examinations will be made available in April 2004 (for the June examination) and in August 2004 (for the November examination) via the following methods:

On the Web at the address :www.up.ac.za , and Posted on the notice board on the Mamelodi campus,and Via the MTN results tel nr: 083123111.

In respect of examinations for which departments themselves make the arrangements, candidates must liaise directly with the Heads of the departments/lectures concerned. In terms of the relevant regulations, a student may be refused entry to the examinations if his/her account with the University has not been paid.

It is essential that the examination timetables on the examination notice board , be consulted two weeks prior to the commencement of the examinations, in order to ascertain whether any changes or amendments have been effected.

June Examination Timetable

Consult departments for examinations of subjects / modules not listed here. 27

5. JUNE EXAMINATION TIMETABLE Subject Code

Subject / Module Paper Date Time

ACC 193 Accountancy 1 2004/06/07 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 194 Accountancy 1 2004/05/31 14:00 – 17:00 ACC 291 Accountancy 1 2004/06/19 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 292 Accountancy 1 2004/06/03 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 391 Accountancy 1 2004/06/19 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 392 Accountancy 1 2004/06/04 14:00 – 17:00 ACC 395 School subject education 1 2004/06/18 08:30 – 11:30 AFR 191 Afrikaans 1 2004/06/15 14:00 – 17:00 AFR 291 Afrikaans 1 2004/06/07 14:00 – 17:00 AFR 391 Afrikaans 1 2004/06/21 08:30 – 11:30 AUD 291 Auditing 1 2004/06/07 14:00 – 17:00 AUD 292 Auditing 1 2004/06/15 08:30 – 11:30 AUD 391 Auditing 1 2004/06/14 08:30 – 11:30 AUD 392 Auditing 1 2004/06/02 14:00 – 17:00 BEC 191 School subject education 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 BIO 192 Basic biology 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 191 Business management 1 2004/06/14 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 192 Business management 1 2004/06/05 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 291 Business management 1 2004/06/03 14:00 – 17:00 BMA 292 Business management 1 2004/06/10 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 391 Business management 1 2004/06/21 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 393 Business management 1 2004/06/07 14:00 – 17:00 BOT 191 Botany 1 2004/06/17 08:30 – 11:30 CBH 391 Consumer behaviour theories and models 1 2004/06/19 08:30 – 11:30 CBH 392 Consumer education 1 2004/06/04 14:00 – 17:00 CGS 195 Concepts of general science – energy 1 2004/06/21 08:30 – 11:30 CGS 196 Concepts of general science – matter 1 2004/06/08 14:00 – 17:00 CHE 191 General chemistry 1 2004/06/07 08:30 – 11:30 CHE 192 Physical chemistry 1 2004/06/03 14:00 – 17:00 CHE 291 Physical chemistry 1 2004/05/31 14:00 – 17:00 CHE 292 Analytical chemistry 1 2004/06/02 14:00 – 17:00 CHE 391 Physical chemistry 1 2004/06/07 08:30 – 11:30 CHE 392 Analytical chemistry 1 2004/06/11 14:00 – 17:00 CIT 191 Computer fundamentals 1 2004/06/17 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 192 Database 1: introduction to database

systems 1 2004/06/10 08:30 – 11:30

CIT 291 Programming 1 2004/06/17 14:00 – 17:00 CIT 292 Database 2 1 2004/06/14 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 392 Information systems 3 1 2004/06/10 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 393 Networking 1 1 2004/06/02 08:30 – 11:30 COL 191 Commercial law 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 COL 192 Commercial law 1 2004/06/08 08:30 – 11:30 COL 291 Commercial law 1 2004/05/31 14:00 – 17:00 COL 391 Commercial law 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 191 Economics 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 192 Economics 1 2004/06/01 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 195 Economics 1 2004/06/02 14:00 – 17:00 ECO 196 Economics 1 2004/06/04 14:00 – 17:00 ECO 291 Economics 1 2004/06/18 14:00 – 17:00 ECO 295 Economics 1 2004/06/08 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 297 Economics 1 2004/06/11 14:00 – 17:00 ECO 391 Economics 1 2004/06/10 14:00 – 17:00

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

Consult departments for examinations of subjects / modules not listed here. 28

Subject Code

Subject / Module Paper Date Time

ECO 392 Economics 1 2004/06/17 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 395 Economics 1 2004/06/14 14:00 – 17:00 ECO 396 Economics 1 2004/06/08 14:00 – 17:00 ECP 290 Economics 1 2004/06/11 14:00 – 17:00 ECP 391 Economics 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 EDU 191 Education 1 2004/06/18 08:30 – 11:30 EDU 291 Education professional studies 1 2004/06/09 14:00 – 17:00 EDU 293 Education professional studies 1 2004/06/02 14:00 – 17:00 EDU 391 Education 1 2004/06/02 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 191 English 1 2004/06/17 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 193 English 1 2004/05/31 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 194 English 1 2004/06/21 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 195 English 1 2004/06/08 14:00 – 17:00 ENG 198 English 1 2004/06/12 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 199 English 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 291 English 1 2004/06/21 14:00 – 17:00 ENG 391 English 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 393 School subject education 1 2004/06/03 08:30 – 11:30 EPS 291 Education professional studies 1 2004/06/19 08:30 – 11:30 ERG 391 Household production and environment 1 2004/06/21 08:30 – 11:30 ERG 392 Anthropometry & space manipulation 1 2004/06/07 14:00 – 17:00 EUC 191 Computer science & inf systems 1 2004/05/31 08:30 – 11:30 FOO 191 Cereals & flour mix 1 2004/06/15 14:00 – 17:00 GGR 191 Map analysis and aerial photography 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 GGR 194 Economic structure and settlement 1 2004/06/08 08:30 – 11:30 GGR 291 City, society and environment 1 2004/06/07 14:00 – 17:00 GGR 294 The physical landscape 1 2004/06/15 08:30 – 11:30 GGR 391 Environmental studies 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 GGR 394 Introduction to GIS 1 2004/06/01 14:00 – 17:00 GGR 395 School subject education 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 HIS 195 History 1 2004/06/02 08:30 – 11:30 HIS 197 History 1 2004/06/09 14:00 – 17:00 HIS 292 History 1 2004/06/03 08:30 – 11:30 HIS 293 History 1 2004/06/05 08:30 – 11:30 HIS 391 History 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 HIS 392 History 1 2004/06/15 08:30 – 11:30 HIS 395 School subject education 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 191 Industrial psychology 1 2004/06/18 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 192 Industrial psychology 1 2004/06/03 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 291 Industrial psychology 1 2004/06/21 14:00 – 17:00 IPS 292 Industrial psychology 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 391 Industrial psychology 1 2004/06/02 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 392 Industrial psychology 1 2004/06/10 08:30 – 11:30 LPR 191 Professional education 1 2004/06/17 08:30 – 11:30 MAC 391 Management accounting 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 MAC 392 Management accounting 1 2004/06/15 08:30 – 11:30 MAT 191 Differentiation: functions of 1 variable 1 2004/06/14 08:30 – 11:30 MAT 192 Integration: functions of 1 variable 1 2004/06/08 08:30 – 11:30 MAT 291 Functions of several variables of vector

calculus 1 2004/06/04 14:00 – 17:00

MAT 391 Real analysis 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 MAT 392 Abstract algebra 1 2004/06/05 08:30 – 11:30 MFA 191 Foundation mathematics 1 2004/06/02 08:30 – 11:30 MFA 192 Foundation mathematics 2 1 2004/06/10 14:00 – 17:00

June Examination Timetable

Consult departments for examinations of subjects / modules not listed here. 29

Subject Code

Subject / Module Paper Date Time

MFN 191 Mathematics of finance 1 2004/06/02 08:30 – 11:30 MLW 291 Basic principles of labour law 1 2004/06/14 14:00 – 17:00 MLW 292 Fair employment conduct & dismissal 1 2004/06/17 08:30 – 11:30 MLW 391 Bankruptcy law 1 2004/06/21 08:30 – 11:30 MLW 791 Partnership & company law 1 2004/06/02 14:00 – 17:00 MLW 793 Banking law & negotiable instruments 1 2004/06/03 14:00 – 17:00 MLW 796 Economic law & international organisations 1 2004/06/18 14:00 – 17:00 MLW 797 International trade and investment law 1 2004/06/05 08:30 – 11:30 MNA 191 Municipal administration 1 2004/06/19 08:30 – 11:30 MNA 192 Municipal administration 1 2004/06/03 14:00 – 17:00 MNA 291 Municipal administration 1 2004/06/04 14:00 – 17:00 MNA 292 Municipal administration 1 2004/06/01 14:00 – 17:00 MNA 391 Municipal administration 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 MNA 392 Municipal administration 1 2004/06/01 08:30 – 11:30 MPR 191 Precalculus 1 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 NSO 193 Sotho languages 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 NSO 396 School subject education 1 2004/06/21 08:30 – 11:30 NUT 291 Dietary standards 1 2004/06/18 14:00 – 17:00 NUT 294 Child and teenage nutrition 1 2004/06/12 08:30 – 11:30 PBA 191 Public administration 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 PBA 192 Public administration 1 2004/06/12 08:30 – 11:30 PBA 291 Public administration 1 2004/06/18 14:00 – 17:00 PBA 292 Public administration 1 2004/06/10 14:00 – 17:00 PBA 391 Public administration 1 2004/06/03 08:30 – 11:30 PBA 392 Public administration 1 2004/06/12 08:30 – 11:30 PBL 191 Introduction to constitutional law 1 2004/06/02 08:30 – 11:30 PBL 192 Introduction to human rights 1 2004/06/10 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 196 Public law 1 2004/06/11 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 291 The concept of crime 1 2004/06/03 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 292 Introduction to administrative law 1 2004/06/10 08:30 – 11:30 PBL 293 Administrative law: capita selecta 1 2004/06/12 08:30 – 11:30 PBL 791 Natural law and Positivism 1 2004/06/04 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 792 Rawls, Dworkin and African Jurisprudence 1 2004/06/01 08:30 – 11:30 PBL 795 Public international law 1 2004/06/21 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 796 Public international organisations 1 2004/06/07 08:30 – 11:30 PBL 797 Reasonalbleness and juridicial remedies 1 2004/06/09 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 798 Just administration action and drafting skills 1 2004/06/15 08:30 – 11:30 PBL 799 Introduction to medical law 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 PBM 791 Specific aspects of medical law 1 2004/05/31 08:30 – 11:30 PCL 291 The concept of crime 1 2004/06/21 08:30 – 11:30 PCL 292 Elements of criminal liability 1 2004/06/18 14:00 – 17:00 PCL 294 Criminal pre-trial procedures 1 2004/06/17 14:00 – 17:00 PCL 391 Civil procedures and application

proceedings 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30

PCL 393 Admissibility of evidence 1 2004/06/14 08:30 – 11:30 PCL 395 Criminal legal practice 1 2004/06/17 08:30 – 11:30 PHY 191 Mechanics 1 2004/06/02 08:30 – 11:30 PHY 192 Properties of matter 1 2004/06/10 14:00 – 17:00 PHY 291 Vibrations and waves 1 2004/06/21 14:00 – 17:00 PHY 292 Analogue and digital electronics 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 PHY 391 Quantum mechanics 1 2004/06/09 14:00 – 17:00 PHY 392 Statistical mechanics 1 2004/06/15 08:30 – 11:30 PLS 191 Political science 1 2004/06/14 08:30 – 11:30 PLS 192 Political science 1 2004/06/05 08:30 – 11:30

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

Consult departments for examinations of subjects / modules not listed here. 30

Subject Code

Subject / Module Paper Date Time

PLS 291 Political science 1 2004/06/09 14:00 – 17:00 PLS 292 Political science 1 2004/06/15 14:00 – 17:00 PLS 391 Political science 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 PLS 392 Political science 1 2004/06/15 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 191 Introduction to law 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 193 Law of persons: the legal person 1 2004/06/18 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 194 Law of persons: parental power 1 2004/06/03 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 291 Law of property 1 2004/06/07 14:00 – 17:00 PRL 292 African customary law 1 2004/06/15 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 391 General principles of contract 1 2004/06/19 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 394 Law of delict: general principles 1 2004/06/09 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 795 Advanced family law 1 2004/06/17 14:00 – 17:00 PRL 796 Private international law 1 2004/06/14 14:00 – 17:00 PSY 191 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 192 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 293 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 294 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 393 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 396 School subject education 1 Consult department RED 191 Professional education 1 2004/06/07 08:30 – 11:30 RMA 291 Ecosystems 1 2004/06/17 14:00 – 17:00 SOC 191 Sociology 1 2004/06/19 08:30 – 11:30 SOC 192 Sociology 1 2004/06/03 14:00 – 17:00 SOC 291 Sociology 1 2004/06/04 14:00 – 17:00 SOC 292 Sociology 1 2004/06/01 14:00 – 17:00 SOC 391 Sociology 1 2004/05/31 08:30 – 11:30 SOC 392 Sociology 1 2004/06/08 08:30 – 11:30 STA 191 Organising data 1 2004/05/31 08:30 – 10:30 STA 192 Producing data 1 2004/06/15 14:00 – 16:00 STA 291 Regression analysis 1 2004/06/18 08:30 – 10:30 STA 292 Time series 1 2004/06/01 14:00 – 16:00 STA 295 Regression analysis practical 1 2004/06/07 08:30 – 11:30 STA 296 Time series practical 1 2004/06/18 08:30 – 11:30 STA 391 Statistical inference 2 1 2004/05/31 08:30 – 11:30 STA 394 Statistical inference 2 practical 1 2004/06/21 14:00 – 17:00 TAX 391 Taxation 1 2004/06/18 14:00 – 17:00 TAX 392 Taxation 1 2004/06/05 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 193 Sotho languages 1 2004/06/04 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 293 Sotho languages 1 2004/06/03 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 393 Sotho languages 1 2004/06/11 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 396 School subject education 1 2004/06/21 14:00 – 17:00

November Examination Timetable

Consult departments for examinations of subjects / modules not listed here. 31

6. NOVEMBER EXAMINATION TIMETABLE Subject Code Subject / Module Paper Date Time ACC 195 Accountancy 1 2004/11/05 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 196 Accountancy 1 2004/11/15 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 293 Accountancy 1 2004/11/09 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 294 Accountancy 1 2004/11/13 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 393 Accountancy 1 2004/11/05 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 394 Accountancy 1 2004/11/18 08:30 – 11:30 ACC 396 School subject education 1 2004/11/01 14:00 – 17:00 AFR 192 Afrikaans 1 2004/11/19 08:30 – 11:30 AFR 294 Afrikaans 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 17:00 AFR 394 Afrikaans 1 2004/11/04 14:00 – 17:00 AUD 293 Auditing 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 17:00 AUD 294 Auditing 1 2004/11/15 14:00 – 17:00 AUD 393 Auditing 1 2004/11/08 08:30 – 11:30 AUD 394 Auditing 1 2004/11/17 08:30 – 11:30 BEC 192 School subject education 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 BIO 191 Environmental studies – ecology 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 193 Business management 1 2004/11/08 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 194 Business management 1 2004/11/17 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 197 Business management 1 2004/11/06 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 198 Business management 1 2004/11/13 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 295 Business management 1 2004/11/11 08:30 – 11:30 BMA 298 Business management 1 2004/11/09 14:00 – 17:00 BMA 299 Business management 1 2004/11/18 14:00 – 17:00 BMA 394 Business management 1 2004/11/04 14:00 – 17:00 BMA 395 Business management 1 2004/11/18 14:00 – 17:00 BMA 397 Business management 1 2004/11/19 14:00 – 17:00 BMB 290 Business management 1 2004/11/11 08:30 – 11:30 CBH 393 Households as producers and consumers 1 2004/11/05 08:30 – 11:30 CBH 394 Financial management in households 1 2004/11/12 14:00 – 17:00 CGS 197 Concepts of general science – water 1 2004/11/11 08:30 – 11:30 CGS 198 Concepts of general science – life 1 2004/11/18 08:30 – 11:30 CHE 193 Organic chemistry 1 2004/11/05 08:30 – 11:30 CHE 194 Inorganic chemistry 1 2004/11/15 08:30 – 11:30 CHE 293 Organic chemistry 1 2004/11/02 14:00 – 17:00 CHE 294 Inorganic chemistry 1 2004/11/19 14:00 – 17:00 CHE 393 Organic chemistry 1 2004/11/05 08:30 – 11:30 CHE 394 Inorganic chemistry 1 2004/11/15 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 193 Problem solving 1 2004/11/10 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 194 Information systems 1 1 2004/11/16 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 293 System analysis & design 1 2004/11/10 14:00 – 17:00 CIT 294 Human – computer interaction 1 2004/11/16 14:00 – 17:00 CIT 295 Programming 2 1 2004/11/17 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 296 Information systems 2 1 2004/11/13 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 394 Database 3 1 2004/11/11 08:30 – 11:30 CIT 395 Networking 2 1 2004/11/18 08:30 – 11:30 COL 193 Commercial law 1 2004/11/09 08:30 – 11:30 COL 194 Commercial law 1 2004/11/01 08:30 – 11:30 COL 292 Commercial law 1 2004/11/02 14:00 – 17:00 COL 293 Commercial law 1 2004/11/19 14:00 – 17:00 COL 392 Commercial law 1 2004/11/03 08:30 – 11:30 COL 393 Commercial law 1 2004/11/12 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 193 Economics 1 2004/11/03 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 194 Economics 1 2004/11/12 08:30 – 11:30

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

Consult departments for examinations of subjects / modules not listed here. 32

Subject Code Subject / Module Paper Date Time ECO 197 Economics 1 2004/11/01 14:00 – 17:00 ECO 293 Economics 1 2004/11/03 14:00 – 17:00 ECO 294 Economics 1 2004/11/12 14:00 – 17:00 ECO 298 Economics 1 2004/11/20 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 299 Economics 1 2004/11/06 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 393 Economics 1 2004/11/10 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 394 Economics 1 2004/11/06 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 397 Economics 1 2004/11/16 08:30 – 11:30 ECO 398 Economics 1 2004/11/13 08:30 – 11:30 ECP 291 Economics 1 2004/11/03 14:00 – 17:00 ECP 292 Economics 1 2004/11/12 14:00 – 17:00 ECP 392 School subject education 1 2004/11/01 08:30 – 11:30 EDU 192 Education 1 2004/11/12 14:00 – 17:00 EDU 292 Education professional studies 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 EDU 294 Education professional studies 1 2004/11/20 08:30 – 11:30 EDU 392 Education 1 2004/11/11 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 192 English 1 2004/11/10 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 196 English 1 2004/11/08 14:00 – 17:00 ENG 197 English 1 2004/11/10 14:00 – 17:00 ENG 292 English 1 2004/11/06 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 392 English 1 2004/11/01 08:30 – 11:30 ENG 394 School subject education 1 2004/11/13 08:30 – 11:30 ENH 190 English 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 ENH 191 English 1 2004/11/11 14:00 – 17:00 EPS 292 Education professional studies 1 2004/11/09 08:30 – 11:30 ERG 393 Appropriate technology 1 2004/11/05 08:30 – 11:30 ERG 394 Personal management 1 2004/11/15 08:30 – 11:30 FOO 194 Red meat, poultry and fish 1 2004/11/19 08:30 – 11:30 FOO 195 Vegetables, fruit and plant protein 1 2004/11/03 14:00 – 17:00 GGR 192 Population, cultural and ethnic geography 1 2004/11/17 08:30 – 11:30 GGR 193 Ecosystems and physical processes 1 2004/11/08 08:30 – 11:30 GGR 292 The dynamic atmosphere 1 2004/11/15 14:00 – 17:00 GGR 293 Economic structures 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 17:00 GGR 392 Environmental resource management 1 2004/11/12 08:30 – 11:30 GGR 393 Urban and rural settlements 1 2004/11/03 08:30 – 11:30 GGR 396 School subject education 1 2004/11/20 08:30 – 11:30 HIS 198 History 1 2004/11/09 14:00 – 17:00 HIS 199 History 1 2004/11/18 14:00 – 17:00 HIS 296 History 1 2004/11/11 08:30 – 11:30 HIS 393 History 1 2004/11/03 14:00 – 17:00 HIS 394 History 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 17:00 HIS 396 School subject education 1 2004/11/01 08:30 – 11:30 HIT 290 History 1 2004/11/20 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 193 Industrial psychology 1 2004/11/02 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 194 Industrial psychology 1 2004/11/11 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 293 Industrial psychology 1 2004/11/06 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 294 Industrial psychology 1 2004/11/11 14:00 – 17:00 IPS 393 Industrial psychology 1 2004/11/11 08:30 – 11:30 IPS 394 Industrial psychology 1 2004/11/18 08:30 – 11:30 LPZ 192 Professional education 1 2004/11/10 08:30 – 11:30 LTW 192 Professional education 1 2004/11/10 08:30 – 11:30 MAC 393 Management accounting 1 2004/11/03 14:00 – 17:00 MAC 394 Management accounting 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 17:00 MAT 193 Linear algebra 1 1 2004/11/01 08:30 – 11:30 MAT 194 Applications of integration 1 2004/11/09 08:30 – 11:30

November Examination Timetable

Consult departments for examinations of subjects / modules not listed here. 33

Subject Code Subject / Module Paper Date Time MAT 292 Infinite sequences and series 1 2004/11/08 14:00 – 17:00 MAT 293 Linear algebra 2 1 2004/11/17 14:00 – 17:00 MAT 393 Complex analysis 1 2004/11/01 14:00 – 17:00 MAT 394 Numerial analysis 1 1 2004/11/19 08:30 – 11:30 MFA 193 Foundation mathematics 3 1 2004/11/18 14:00 – 17:00 MLW 293 Collective labour law & industrial action 1 2004/11/08 14:00 – 17:00 MLW 294 Social security law 1 2004/11/17 14:00 – 17:00 MLW 295 Mediation and conciliation 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 MLW 792 Close corporations law 1 2004/11/12 14:00 – 17:00 MLW 794 Labour law 1 2004/11/03 08:30 – 11:30 MLW 795 Road accident fund insurance 1 2004/11/15 08:30 – 11:30 MLX 391 Specific commercial contracts 1 2004/11/04 14:00 – 17:00 MLX 392 Law of tax 1 2004/11/18 14:00 – 17:00 MNA 193 Municipal administration 1 2004/11/15 14:00 – 17:00 MNA 194 Municipal administration 1 2004/11/16 14:00 – 17:00 MNA 293 Municipal administration 1 2004/11/01 14:00 – 17:00 MNA 294 Municipal administration 1 2004/11/17 08:30 – 11:30 MNA 393 Municipal administration 1 2004/11/01 08:30 – 11:30 MNA 394 Municipal administration 1 2004/11/12 14:00 – 17:00 MPR 192 Precalculus 2 1 2004/11/03 08:30 – 11:30 NSO 194 Sotho languages 1 2004/11/09 08:30 – 11:30 NSO 397 School subject education 1 2004/11/04 14:00 – 17:00 NUT 295 Nutrition for older adults 1 2004/11/03 14:00 – 17:00 NUT 296 Nutrition and physical fitness 1 2004/11/12 08:30 – 11:30 PBA 193 Public administration 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 PBA 194 Public administration 1 2004/11/11 14:00 – 17:00 PBA 293 Public administration 1 2004/11/04 14:00 – 17:00 PBA 294 Public administration 1 2004/11/18 08:30 – 11:30 PBA 393 Public administration 1 2004/11/08 14:00 – 17:00 PBA 394 Public administration 1 2004/11/15 14:00 – 17:00 PBA 395 Public administration 1 2004/11/17 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 193 Constitution interpretation selected

fundamentals 1 2004/11/09 14:00 – 17:00

PBL 194 Rights 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 793 Critical legal studies and communitarianism 1 2004/11/01 14:00 – 17:00 PBL 794 Jurisprudence: capita selecta 1 2004/11/08 14:00 – 17:00 PCL 191 Introduction to legal skills 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 PCL 293 Anticipatory crimes and participation 1 2004/11/03 14:00 – 17:00 PCL 295 Trial and post-trial procedures 1 2004/11/10 14:00 – 17:00 PCL 392 Action proceedings and enforcement 1 2004/11/01 08:30 – 11:30 PCL 394 Principles of evidence 1 2004/11/08 08:30 – 11:30 PCL 396 Civil legal practice 1 2004/11/10 08:30 – 11:30 PHY 193 Electricity and magnetism 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 PHY 194 Optics 1 2004/11/11 14:00 – 17:00 PHY 293 Classical mechanics 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 PHY 294 Atomic and nuclear physics 1 2004/11/08 08:30 – 11:30 PHY 393 Electrodynamics 1 2004/11/04 14:00 – 17:00 PHY 394 Solid state physics 1 2004/11/17 14:00 – 17:00 PLS 193 Political science 1 2004/11/08 08:30 – 11:30 PLS 293 Political science 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 PLS 294 Political science 1 2004/11/08 08:30 – 11:30 PLS 393 Political science 1 2004/11/03 14:00 – 17:00 PLS 394 Political science 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 17:00 PRL 192 Introduction to legal systems 1 2004/11/01 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 195 Family law 1 2004/11/02 08:30 – 11:30

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

Consult departments for examinations of subjects / modules not listed here. 34

Subject Code Subject / Module Paper Date Time PRL 293 Law of succession: general principals 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 17:00 PRL 294 Law of succession: wills 1 2004/11/15 14:00 – 17:00 PRL 392 Breach, remedies and termination of contract 1 2004/11/02 14:00 – 17:00 PRL 393 Specific contracts 1 2004/11/10 14:00 – 17:00 PRL 395 Delictical damages and remedies 1 2004/11/09 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 396 Specific delicts 1 2004/11/19 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 791 Principles of estoppel and unjust enrichment 1 2004/11/02 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 792 Law of delict: capita selecta 1 2004/11/19 08:30 – 11:30 PRL 793 Children and private law 1 2004/11/05 08:30-11:30 PRL 794 Comparative law 1 2004/11/10 14:00 – 17:00 PSY 193 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 194 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 195 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 291 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 295 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 296 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 392 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 394 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 395 Psychology 1 Consult department PSY 397 School subject education 1 Consult department RMA 293 Development of resources 1 2004/11/10 14:00 – 17:00 RMA 294 Resource allocation and gender 1 2004/11/16 14:00 – 17:00 SAO 192 Social behaviour aspects of HIV/AIDS 1 2004/11/05 08:30 – 11:30 SMU 192 School music 1 2004/11/15 08:30 – 11:30 SOC 193 Sociology 1 2004/11/15 14:00 – 17:00 SOC 194 Sociology 1 2004/11/16 14:00 – 17:00 SOC 294 Sociology 1 2004/11/01 14:00 – 17:00 SOC 295 Sociology 1 2004/11/17 08:30 – 11:30 SOC 394 Sociology 1 2004/11/02 08:30 – 11:30 SOC 396 Sociology 1 2004/11/16 08:30 – 11:30 STA 193 Foundations of inference 1 2004/11/05 14:00 – 16:00 STA 194 Inference: conclusions with confidence 1 2004/11/19 08:30 – 10:30 STA 293 Probability distributions 1 2004/11/03 08:30 – 10:30 STA 294 Statistical inference 1 1 2004/11/09 14:00 – 16:00 STA 297 Probability distributions practical 1 2004/11/02 08:30 – 11:30 STA 298 Statistical inference 1 practical 1 2004/11/16 08:30 – 11:30 STA 392 Survey sampling 1 2004/11/19 08:30 – 11:30 STA 393 Experimental design 1 2004/11/02 08:30 – 11:30 STA 395 Survey sampling practical 1 2004/11/04 08:30 – 11:30 STA 396 Experimental design practical 1 2004/11/16 14:00 – 17:00 STM 191 Statistics for commerce 1 2004/11/12 14:00 – 17:00 TAX 393 Taxation 1 2004/11/11 14:00 – 17:00 TAX 394 Taxation 1 2004/11/20 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 194 Sotho languages 1 2004/11/09 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 294 Sotho languages 1 2004/11/13 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 394 Sotho languages 1 2004/11/03 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 395 Sotho languages 1 2004/11/06 08:30 – 11:30 TSW 397 School subject education 1 2004/11/04 14:00 – 17:00 ZOO 191 Animal diversity 1 2004/11/19 14:00 – 17:00

Guide to Student Fees

1

Divider Page

Pink

(Guide to Student Fees)

Guide to Student Fees

1

GUIDE TO STUDENT FEES

MAMELODI CAMPUS Please note:

The information contained in this Guide is subject to a continuous process of review. The University therefore reserves the right to make alterations to the information contained in this Guide without prior notice.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

GENERAL INFORMATION

1. STUDENT NUMBER Every student admitted to the University of Pretoria is assigned a registration number. This registration number (student number) must appear on all correspondence to the University. 2. OFFICIAL ADDRESSES 2.1 General enquiries with regard to student matters can be directed to the University’s Client

Service Centre :

Tel. no. : (012) 420 - 3111 Fax no. : (012) 420 - 4555 2.2 Address correspondence to the University for the attention of the following persons :

In case of academic matters : In case of financial matters : The Director : Academic Administration The Director : Finance University of Pretoria University of Pretoria PRETORIA, 0002 PRETORIA, 0002

Fax no. : (012) 420 - 4587 Fax no. : (012) 420 - 4401

2.3 Address correspondence concerning bursaries and loans for the attention of :

Head : Study Financing Fax number : (012) 420 - 2390

2.4 Address correspondence concerning student fees for the attention of :

Dr J Vermeulen Head : Student Accounts

Fax number : (012) 420 – 4645

PLEASE NOTE : 1. All fees reflected in this Guide to Student Fees are subject to annual revision. 2. Although the information contained in this Guide to Student Fees is compiled as

accurately as possible, the Council and Senate is not responsible for any inaccuracies it may contain.

Guide to Student Fees

1

UNIVERSITY OF PRETORIA GUIDE TO STUDENT FEES: MAMELODI CAMPUS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING STUDENT FEES............................................... 1

1.1 Amendment of University fees .............................................................................. 1 1.2 Financial liability..................................................................................................... 1 1.3 The responsibility of a student with regard to his/her student account ................ 1

2 DETERMINATION OF FEES ............................................................................................. 2 2.1 Student accounts ................................................................................................... 2 2.2 Ad hoc levies ......................................................................................................... 2 2.3 Tuition fees ............................................................................................................ 2 2.4 Determination of fees ............................................................................................ 2

3. PAYMENT OF AND ENQUIRIES REGARDING STUDENT ACCOUNTS ....................... 3 3.1 Enquiries ................................................................................................................ 3 3.2 Payment of student accounts ................................................................................ 3 3.3 Methods of payment .............................................................................................. 4 3.4 Service levy............................................................................................................ 5

4. DUE DATES RELATING TO THE PAYMENT OF STUDENT FEES................................ 5 4.1 Levy for the reservation of a study place .............................................................. 5 4.2 Payments due at registration................................................................................. 5 4.3 Bursary holders...................................................................................................... 6 4.4 Due dates for the payment of tuition and accommodation fees ........................... 6 4.5 Arrangements regarding the payment of fees ...................................................... 6

5. ACCOUNTS IN ARREARS ................................................................................................ 7 6. AMENDMENT TO AND DISCONTINUATION OF STUDIES............................................ 7

6.1 General provisions................................................................................................. 7 6.2 Complete discontinuation of studies ..................................................................... 7 6.3 Discontinuation of registration for a particular course .......................................... 8 6.4 Financial liability in case of discontinuation of studies ......................................... 8

7. APPLICATION LEVY .......................................................................................................10 8. REBATES .........................................................................................................................10

8.1 General provisions...............................................................................................10 8.2 Rebate for early payment of fees ........................................................................10 8.3 Family rebate on tuition fees ...............................................................................11

9. RESIDENCE FEES .........................................................................................................11 10. POSTGRADUATE, FOREIGN AND SPECIAL STUDENTS ........................................11

10.1 Postgraduate students.........................................................................................11 10.2 Foreign students ..................................................................................................12 10.3 Special students (Occasional students)..............................................................12 10.4 Exchange and co-operation agreement students...............................................12

11.REFUND OF DEPOSITS AND CREDIT BALANCES ON TUITION AND ACCOMMODATION ACCOUNTS.......................................................................................12

11.1 Deposits are refundable only if :..........................................................................12 12.MISCELLANEOUS LEVIES ...........................................................................................12

12.1 Course accreditation levy ....................................................................................12 12.2 Repetition of courses...........................................................................................13 12.3 Other levies..........................................................................................................13

Guide to Student Fees

1

STUDENT FEES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING STUDENT FEES 1.1 Amendment of University fees

The Council of the University of Pretoria reserves the right to, without prior notice, amend the fees to be paid to the University.

1.2 Financial liability

1.2.1 A registered student is liable for a full year’s tuition and accommodation fees. 1.2.2 In view of the above it should be noted that the contract which forms part of the

application form for admission to the University of Pretoria and which to that end was signed by the student, legally binds the student to pay the full tuition and accommodation fees for a particular year of registration as determined by the University. The student's liability is not affected nor reduced through ignorance on the part of the student (or his/her principal) regarding the rules and regulations of the University of Pretoria or of the invalidity of his/her registration in terms of the said rules and regulations.

1.2.3 A rebate on tuition fees may, in terms of the regulations of the University of Pretoria,

be granted in certain circumstances (see paragraph 8). Application for a rebate must be made annually, in writing and be submitted at the Client Service Centre.

1.2.4 Should the Council temporarily or permanently suspend a student’s privileges as a

student, or temporarily or permanently suspend admission as a student, such a student forfeits all rights regarding the refunding, reduction or exemption of fees paid or payable to the University.

1.3 The responsibility of a student with regard to his/her student account

1.3.1 It should be noted that the payment of his/her tuition and accommodation fees is the

student’s personal responsibility. Should the student's university studies be financed by means of a bursary/loan, the statement of account must, without delay, be presented for payment to the person or organisation that has granted the bursary/loan.

1.3.2 Since a student’s fees account is based on his/her academic record, it is the

student’s responsibility to verify the correctness of his/her academic record. 1.3.3 The University of Pretoria does not accept responsibility for incorrect addresses

resulting in the loss of statements of account that have been mailed. It is the responsibility of the student to make enquiries should he/she not receive any statement of account.

1.3.4 The fact that no statement of account has been received, is not accepted as an

excuse for failure to pay university fees that are due.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

2

2 DETERMINATION OF FEES 2.1 Student accounts

The fees account of a student includes levies, as may be applicable, with regard to the following : * Tuition fees (per subject course or per study program as may be applicable); * Reservation levies * Levies regarding the accreditation of subject courses passed at other tertiary

educational institutions; 2.2 Ad hoc levies

Levies with regard to ad hoc services will not be debited on a student’s fees account, but are payable in advance before the service is to be rendered. These levies are inter alia those with regard to application fees, the remark of examination papers and special examinations.

2.3 Tuition fees

The tuition fees for subject courses are composed of a number of components which are levied for an individual course as may be applicable. The components are : * Tuition fee: Includes the cost of the course guide which outlines the course

content. * Study material: This levy covers the cost of documents containing additional

learning material. * Copyright: The legally prescribed copyright levy on published material that

is made available as additional learning material to students is covered by this levy.

* Computer usage: This levy is for the usage of computer facilities as part of the teaching program and reflects the extent of the usage.

2.4 Determination of fees

2.4.1 An activity-based formula is used to calculate the tariff for a particular undergraduate

subject course by taking the following factors into account : the extent of the teaching activities (number of lectures, practicals, etc.) ; the academic level of the course ; and the nature of the discipline concerned (for example : Human or Natural Sciences)

2.4.2 The following categories of subject courses are distinguishable :

Quarter modules Semester modules Year courses.

2.4.3 No discount tariff exists for postgraduate courses. 2.4.4 A teaching mode, as well as an examination centre, is associated with each

subject course.

Guide to Student Fees

3

Note : i) It is the student’s responsibility during registration to ensure that the teaching mode and examination centre are recorded correctly.

ii) At present the following teaching modes exist :

Contact – full-time Contact – part-time Distance tuition (Paper based tuition)

3. PAYMENT OF AND ENQUIRIES REGARDING STUDENT ACCOUNTS

3.1 Enquiries

Enquiries regarding student accounts may be directed to personnel at the Client Service Centre.

Telephone number : (012) 420 – 3111 Fax number : (012) 420 – 4555 3.2 Payment of student accounts

Payment may be made as follows : By post: Payments should be addressed to :

The Director : Finance University of Pretoria

PRETORIA 0002

Personally:: At the cashiers on

Main campus Client Service Centre Mondays to Thursdays : 08:00 - 20:00 Fridays : 08:00 – 16:00 Saturdays : 08:00 – 12:00 Mamelodi campus

Administration Building

Groenkloof campus (Campus Onderwyskollege Pretoria ) Administration Building

Directly into the University’s bank account:

Payments can be made directly into the University’s bank accounts. This can be done at ABSA or Standard Bank or via the website of your own bank. The deposit slip must be kept for reference purposes Details of the bank accounts are as follows :

ABSA Branch Branch code Account number

Hatfield 33 55 45 214 000 0054

STANDARD BANK Branch Branch code Account number

Hatfield 01 15 45 15 01 260 260 4

Please use the M65-deposit slip of Standard Bank

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

4

NOTE: Payment into the bank accounts of the University, as well as card payments are processed in batches by the bank. These payments will therefore not be reflected on your account on the same day as it was made. The processing of payments is usually two (2) working days.

Always quote your student number on the deposit slip – without this number the

payment cannot be processed A copy of the deposit slip may be faxed to (012) 420 – 4555.

3.3 Methods of payment

Note: The registration number of the student concerned must be quoted whenever a

payment is made. 3.3.1 Cheques, postal/money orders and bank transfers should be made payable to the

University of Pretoria. The purpose for which the payment is being made (e.g. tuition fees) should be clearly indicated.

Note : Cash must not be sent to the University by post.

3.3.2 Credit Card The University of Pretoria accepts payment by means of credit cards (Master, Visa,

Diners Club and American Express). Payment made on a budget plan basis is acceptable. Payment by credit card may be made as follows:

Personally at a cashier; or By authorising a payment:

in writing; or telephonically with the staff of the Client Service Centre (Telephone number

(012) 420 – 3111) ; On the University’s web page (www.up.ac.za)

In order to obtain the necessary authorisation from the financial institutions the following information must be provided in all instances:

Surname and initials of student

Student number

Credit card number (including the control-digits - see reverse side of card)

Expiry date of credit card

Name of cardholder

ID-number of cardholder

Amount being paid

Signature of card holder (if authorisation is given in writing)

An indication whether a single payment, or budget plan payments are being made.

A telephone number where cardholder could be contacted during office hours.

Guide to Student Fees

5

3.4 Service levy

A service levy is to be paid on all payments that are referred to the drawer by the Bank.

4. DUE DATES RELATING TO THE PAYMENT OF STUDENT FEES The compounded fees account with respect to the tuition fees related to the various courses is payable as follows : 4.1 Levy for the reservation of a study place

If a student’s application for admission to a study program to which only a limited number

of students are admitted (e.g. Medicine, Dentistry and Occupational Therapy) is successful, a payment of R2 500 must be made to secure the admission placement. This payment must be made within 30 days of the date of notification of successful selection.

Note : * Should a student take up the reserved study place at the University of

Pretoria, the above payment will be credited to the student’s tuition account.

* The following applies regarding the cancellation of a reserved study place: (i) If the application is cancelled within 30 days of the date of notification of

successful selection, the abovementioned payment less an administration fee of R380 will be refunded to the student.

(ii) If the application is cancelled after 30 days of the date of notification of

successful selection or should the student in the following year not take up the reserved study place at the University of Pretoria, the reservation component of the payment, viz. R 1 250, will be forfeited.

4.2 Payments due at registration

Notes: All fees with respect to the previous year must be paid in full before a student

will be permitted to register for the new academic year.

Merit bursaries awarded by the University cannot be used to cover any initial payment.

University fees are due upon registration. However, it is permissible to pay fees in three (3) instalments, viz an initial amount upon registration and two further instalments (see paragraph 4.4 in this regard). The applicable initial payment to be made prior to or upon registration is as stated below:

* Full-time Mamelodi undergraduate students must pay an amount of R1 500 towards

their tuition fees before being permitted to register.

* Students who have paid the levy of R2 500 in order to reserve a study place, is regarded as having complied with the above proviso (i.e. a further payment of R2 500 at registration is not mandatory).

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

6

* Postgraduate students who are registering for the first time for a particular course of study must pay an amount of R2 000 towards their tuition fees before registering.

* Postgraduate students who are renewing their registration are required to pay a fee

of R1 250.

* Postgraduate students who need to renew their registration in order to submit a dissertation / thesis for examination must, subject to the examination being completed before 31 March, pay an administration levy of R380. If the examination period extends beyond 31 March the full re-registration fee of R1 250 must be paid. It is the student’s responsibility to ensure that the Student Accounts Section is informed in writing that the examination of the thesis / dissertation was completed before 31 March as by default the re-registration levy of R1 250 will be levied.

* Students who will be utilising accommodation provided by the University of Pretoria

must conform to the requirements regarding payment of further amounts as is prescribed in the General Fees Guide of the University of Pretoria.

4.3 Bursary holders

A student who’s studies are financed by means of a bursary that is not administered by the University of Pretoria, must prior to or at registration submit written proof of the granting of such a bursary, as well as the amount thereof, as well as any conditions applicable to the bursary.

If acceptable written proof of the granting of a bursary is submitted, the student involved is regarded as having complied with the proviso’s regarding payments to be made before or at registration.

Note: Merit awards of the University cannot be used to defray any of the initial

payments that have to be made before or at registration. 4.4 Due dates for the payment of tuition and accommodation fees

The following due dates are applicable regarding the payment of the compounded tuition and accommodation fees.

Payment Date Prescribed minimum payment

First Before or upon registration See paragraph 4.2

Second On or before 30 April 50% of total account

Third (final) On or before 31 July Full (100%) account 4.5 Arrangements regarding the payment of fees

Should circumstances necessitate a deviation from the above due dates, special arrangements regarding the payment of the account may be made with the Student Accounts Section. Such arrangements must

Guide to Student Fees

7

be acceptable to the University of Pretoria;

be confirmed by a written agreement in this regard;

ensure that the full account is settled by 31 October; and

will be cancelled if the agreement is not honoured. 5. ACCOUNTS IN ARREARS If a student fails to comply with the proviso’s regarding the payment of tuition and accommodation fees, the Council of the University of Pretoria reserves the right to levy interest on unpaid amounts at an interest rate equal to that of the prime rate of the

University’s bankers as on 1 February of the year concerned, and to hold the student responsible for such amounts;

withhold examination results; refuse registration for a following term; deny admission to examinations; deny admission to lectures / practicals; deprive the student of the right to a certificate of conduct; withhold the issuing of a degree / diploma certificate; deny the student admission to accommodation in a residence; deny him/her access to meals in a residence; terminate the student’s accommodation in a residence; hand the account over to the University of Pretoria’s attorneys or debt collectors in order

to collect the outstanding fees. Note : In case of the aforementioned the student will be liable for any costs incurred. 6. AMENDMENT TO AND DISCONTINUATION OF STUDIES 6.1 General provisions

6.1.1 If a student discontinues his/her studies, a rebate on the tuition and accommodation

fees may be considered in terms of the regulations of the University. However, such a rebate depends on the date upon which the University receives notification of the discontinuation.

6.1.2 A change in the degree or diploma course and/or the individual courses for which a

student has registered, may result in a change in tuition fees. It is the student’s responsibility to ensure that any changes are reflected correctly on his/her tuition account.

6.2 Complete discontinuation of studies

A student who wishes to completely discontinue his/her studies, (i.e. to cancel his/her registration in its entirety) must, before he/she departs from the University, give written notice of such discontinuation and must for that purpose, personally report to the Student Accounts Section on the Mamelodi Campus or the Client Service Centre, Main Campus. Should it not be possible to submit such written notice in person, it must as soon as

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

8

possible be sent either by registered mail or by facsimile to the Client Service Centre (fax no. (012) 420-4555).

Note : All outstanding university fees are payable immediately on discontinuation of studies. 6.3 Discontinuation of registration for a particular course

Whenever a student wishes to discontinue his/her studies of a particular subject course, written notification thereof must be submitted to the administration office of the Faculty concerned. Students are advised to regularly check the fees levied on their fees account, especially when changes in subject courses that they have registered for have occurred.

6.4 Financial liability in case of discontinuation of studies

6.4.1 The date on which the University receives notification of the discontinuation of study

(irrespective of it being a complete discontinuation or only discontinuation of a subject course), is critical in the determination of the financial liability of a student.

Note : No rebate is granted in respect of the re-registration levy 6.4.2 The amount payable depends on the number of quarters that has not commenced. 6.4.3 For the year 2004 the last dates for the cancellation of registration for a subject

course without having to pay any fees for the course, are as follows:

Course type Quarter module

Semester module

Year course

Final date

First First First 20 February 2004

Second 16 April 2004

Third Second 27 July 2004

Fourth 15 September 2004

Summer term

Fifth Third 5 January 2005

6.4.4 The following will be strictly adhered to: Students Course type Date of receipt

of notification Financial liability (i.e. amount due)

Complete discontinuation (i.e. Discon-tinuation of a course of study)

Undergraduate Course of study subject to selection

Within 10 days after commence-ment of the academic year

An administra-tion levy of R1 250

Guide to Student Fees

9

Students Course type Date of receipt of notification

Financial liability (i.e. amount due)

Course of study not subject to selection

Within 10 days after commence-ment of the academic year

An administra-tion levy of R350

Postgraduate Whenever fees are levied per study program

Within 30 days after commence-ment of the academic year

An administra-tion levy of R350

Whenever fees are levied per study program

After 30 days after commence-ment of the academic year

As for year courses

Whenever fees are levied per subject course

As applicable to the discontinua-tion of the various types of courses

Whenever a re-registration levy is to be paid

Within 30 days after commence-ment of the academic year

An administra-tion levy of R350

Complete discontinuation (i.e. discontinu-ation of a course of study)

Postgraduate Whenever a re-registration levy is to be paid

After 30 days after commence-ment of the academic year

Full fees (No rebate is given)

Partial discon-tinuation (i.e. discontinua-tion of subject

Undergraduate and Postgraduate

All types of subject courses

Within 10 days after the commencement of the course

No tuition fees are levied for the courses discontinued

courses) Quarter course / module

After 10 days after commence-ment of the course

Full fees (No rebate is given)

Semester courses

During first quarter term

50% of tuition fees.

During second quarter term

Full fees (No rebate is given for courses discontinued)

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

10

Students Course type Date of receipt of notification

Financial liability (i.e. amount due)

Year course During the first quarter

25 % of tuition fees

During the second quarter

50 % of tuition fees

During the third quarter

75 % of tuition fees

During the fourth quarter

Full fees (No rebate is given for courses discontinued)

7. APPLICATION LEVY Applications for admission to the University of Pretoria are subject to an application levy. This levy (R150 for applications for admission in the year 2004 ) which must accompany an application is not refundable under any circumstances, nor can it be used for payment of any other amount due. Note : The above-mentioned application levy is independent of the reservation levies

referred to in paragraph 4.1. 8. REBATES 8.1 General provisions

8.1.1 A rebate on tuition fees may in certain instances be granted by the University of

Pretoria. 8.1.2 Rebates with respect to previous years of study are not granted retrospectively. 8.1.3 No rebate on tuition fees is granted to students who have been permitted to register

late for a degree, diploma or certificate course. 8.1.4 All rebates granted will be suspended should it become evident that false information

had been provided. 8.2 Rebate for early payment of fees

8.2.1 A rebate of 4% on a student’s fees may be granted if the student’s fees account is

fully paid by 31 March 2004 8.2.2 The rebate is calculated on the amount payable after all bursaries and loans granted

by the University of Pretoria, NSFAS loans and debits other than tuition fees, study material, copyright and computer usage levies, accommodation and meals fees has been deducted from the total amount due.

Guide to Student Fees

11

8.2.3 Except in the case of complete discontinuation of studies, only transactions before the above-mentioned date will be taken into consideration in calculating the rebate.

Note: Sufficient time must be allowed for the processing of postal and bank payments as no

rebate will be granted retrospectively. 8.3 Family rebate on tuition fees

8.3.1 A family rebate on tuition fees is granted in the following cases :.

* Whenever two or more dependent children from one family simultaneously study for a degree- or diploma course at the University of Pretoria.

* Whenever a parent/parents and one or more of their dependent children simultaneously study at the University of Pretoria.

* Whenever a married couple study simultaneously at the University of Pretoria. 8.3.2 The applicable family rebate is as follows :

2 students : 10% of tuition fees per student 3 or more students : 20% of tuition fees per student

8.3.3 Written application for such a rebate must be made annually on the prescribed

forms. 8.3.4 No rebate is granted in respect of accommodation fees, nor in respect of levies for

study material, computer usage and copyright. 8.3.5 Family rebate that has already been granted are subject to revision should any

change occur in the courses registered for. Note: In this context “distance tuition” is taken to mean “paper-based distance

tuition” 9. RESIDENCE FEES For information on residence fees see the General Guide to Student Fees. 10. POSTGRADUATE, FOREIGN AND SPECIAL STUDENTS 10.1 Postgraduate students

10.1.1 Uninterrupted registration : If a postgraduate student interrupts his/her studies, such a

student will upon re-registration be liable for the full fees applicable to his/ her degree or diploma course.

10.1.2 Postgraduate students who fail to renew their registration annually, are regarded as

being students who have had an interruption in their studies. 10.1.3 Except for family rebate and the rebate for early payment of fees, no rebate is

granted in respect of tuition fees for postgraduate courses.

Yearbook 2004, Mamelodi Campus

12

10.2 Foreign students 10.2.1 It is the student’s responsibility to ensure the correctness of his/her residence status. 10.2.2 With the exclusion of a few post-graduate courses as from 2000 no surcharge is

levied on the tuition fees of foreign students. 10.3 Special students (Occasional students)

Students registering for subject courses that do not form part of the prescribed curriculum for a degree or diploma, must pay the course fee as specified in the table of tariffs of the University of Pretoria.

10.4 Exchange and co-operation agreement students 10.4.1 The fees payable by students studying at the University of Pretoria as a result of an

exchange or co-operation agreement with other tertiary education institutions will be in accordance with the concerned agreement .

10.4.2 Students registering for subject courses that do not fall under the auspices of the

exchange or co-operation agreement must pay the normal course fee for such courses.

11. REFUND OF DEPOSITS AND CREDIT BALANCES ON TUITION AND

ACCOMMODATION ACCOUNTS 11.1 Deposits are refundable only if :

* there is no outstanding amount on the student's tuition and accommodation account;

* written application for a refund is received. 11.2 A credit balance on a student's tuition and accommodation account will be carried

forward to the following year unless written application for its refund has been received.

Note: Students whose studies are financed by bursaries not administered by the University

must take special note of the following :

In the case of bursaries from sources other than the University of Pretoria no refunds or advances will be paid to the student without permission of the granter of the bursary.

12. MISCELLANEOUS LEVIES 12.1 Course accreditation levy A levy is to be paid with respect to every subject course that has been passed at another tertiary educational institution and is recognised as a credit towards obtaining a degree or diploma at the University of Pretoria. The levy is proportional to the duration of such a subject course and amounts to R35 per quarter term.

Guide to Student Fees

13

12.2 Repetition of courses 12.2.1 Full tuition fees must be paid for every subject course that has been failed and is

being repeated. 12.2.2 An application for a rebate on the prescribed tuition fees may be made should

circumstances and/or the regulations of the University of Pretoria necessitate the repetition of a subject course that has already been passed.

12.3 Other levies 12.3.1 No fee is levied regarding Supplementary/Promotional examinations. 12.3.2 A levy of R130 is payable in respect of special examinations other than

supplementary and aegrotat examinations. 12.3.3 A student may apply for a remark of his / her examination scripts. A levy of R130

must be paid in respect of every subject course that is to be remarked. Note: The levies in 12.3.2 and 12.3.3 must be paid in advance and cannot be added to the

student’s fees account. 12.3.4 A levy of R130 is applicable in case of late registration. 12.3.5 The following levies are applicable whenever

the field of study and/or courses registered for is changed after the closing date for such changes;

a request is made for the issuing of duplicate degree and diploma certificates, proof of registration, as well as copies of accounts for previous years.

Date of change

Levy (Rand )

Late addition of a first semester course or a year course

After 16 February 130

Late addition of a second semester course

After 31 July 130

Late change of field of study but before 31 May

After 16 February but before 31 May

380

Levy for issuing duplicate degree or diploma certificates

60

Issuing of certificate confirming registration as student

60

Copies of accounts for previous years 60